Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | /* |
Johannes Berg | 3017b80 | 2007-08-28 17:01:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | * mac80211 <-> driver interface |
| 3 | * |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4 | * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc. |
| 5 | * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> |
Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
Johannes Berg | d98ad83 | 2014-09-03 15:24:57 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH |
Avraham Stern | e38a017 | 2017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 9 | * |
| 10 | * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 11 | * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as |
| 12 | * published by the Free Software Foundation. |
| 13 | */ |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #ifndef MAC80211_H |
| 16 | #define MAC80211_H |
| 17 | |
Paul Gortmaker | 187f188 | 2011-11-23 20:12:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include <linux/bug.h> |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include <linux/kernel.h> |
| 20 | #include <linux/if_ether.h> |
| 21 | #include <linux/skbuff.h> |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include <linux/ieee80211.h> |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include <net/cfg80211.h> |
Michal Kazior | 5caa328 | 2016-05-19 10:37:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include <net/codel.h> |
Johannes Berg | 42d9879 | 2011-07-07 18:58:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include <asm/unaligned.h> |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | /** |
| 28 | * DOC: Introduction |
| 29 | * |
| 30 | * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements |
| 31 | * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document |
| 32 | * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware |
| 33 | * drivers. |
| 34 | */ |
| 35 | |
| 36 | /** |
| 37 | * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts |
| 38 | * |
| 39 | * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any |
| 41 | * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such |
| 42 | * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even |
| 44 | * tasklet function. |
| 45 | * |
| 46 | * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also |
Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | * use the non-IRQ-safe functions! |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | */ |
| 49 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | /** |
| 51 | * DOC: Warning |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will |
| 54 | * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet. |
| 55 | */ |
| 56 | |
| 57 | /** |
| 58 | * DOC: Frame format |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver, |
| 61 | * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are |
| 62 | * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the |
| 63 | * hardware. |
| 64 | * |
| 65 | * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features: |
| 66 | * |
| 67 | * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload |
| 68 | * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware. |
| 69 | * |
| 70 | * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to |
| 71 | * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | */ |
| 73 | |
Ron Rindjunsky | 10816d4 | 2007-11-26 16:14:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | /** |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | * DOC: mac80211 workqueue |
| 76 | * |
| 77 | * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use. |
| 78 | * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by |
| 79 | * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the |
| 80 | * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback. |
| 81 | * |
| 82 | * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during |
| 83 | * suspend. |
| 84 | * |
| 85 | * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock. |
| 86 | * |
| 87 | */ |
| 88 | |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | /** |
| 90 | * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing |
| 91 | * |
| 92 | * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed |
| 93 | * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness |
| 94 | * between different stations/interfaces. |
| 95 | * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead |
| 96 | * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx(). |
| 97 | * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx(). |
| 98 | * |
| 99 | * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue |
| 100 | * driver operation. |
| 101 | * |
| 102 | * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with a |
| 103 | * single per-vif queue for multicast data frames. |
| 104 | * |
| 105 | * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations |
| 106 | * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops. |
| 107 | * |
| 108 | * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls |
| 109 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it |
| 110 | * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op. |
| 111 | * |
| 112 | * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has |
| 113 | * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling |
| 114 | * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq |
| 115 | * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls |
| 116 | * .release_buffered_frames(). |
| 117 | * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own |
| 118 | * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained |
| 119 | * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue). |
| 120 | */ |
| 121 | |
Paul Gortmaker | 313162d | 2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | struct device; |
| 123 | |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | /** |
Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues |
| 126 | * |
| 127 | * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues. |
Johannes Berg | 445ea4e | 2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set |
Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | */ |
| 130 | enum ieee80211_max_queues { |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16, |
Johannes Berg | 445ea4e | 2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1, |
Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | }; |
| 134 | |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | #define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff |
| 136 | |
Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 4bce22b | 2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 |
| 139 | * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice |
| 140 | * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video |
| 141 | * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort |
| 142 | * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background |
| 143 | */ |
| 144 | enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { |
| 145 | IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0, |
| 146 | IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1, |
| 147 | IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2, |
| 148 | IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3, |
| 149 | }; |
| 150 | |
| 151 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration |
| 153 | * |
| 154 | * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS |
Johannes Berg | 3330d7b | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29. |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | * |
Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form |
| 159 | * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min] |
Johannes Berg | 3330d7b | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled |
Alexander Bondar | 908f8d0 | 2013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category |
Kalle Valo | 9d173fc | 2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params { |
Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | u16 txop; |
Johannes Berg | 3330d7b | 2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | u16 cw_min; |
| 168 | u16 cw_max; |
Johannes Berg | f434b2d | 2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | u8 aifs; |
Alexander Bondar | 908f8d0 | 2013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | bool acm; |
Kalle Valo | ab13315 | 2010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | bool uapsd; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | }; |
| 173 | |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { |
| 175 | unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount; |
| 176 | unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount; |
| 177 | unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount; |
| 178 | unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount; |
| 179 | }; |
| 180 | |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | /** |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context |
Johannes Berg | 4bf8853 | 2012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed |
Johannes Berg | 04ecd25 | 2012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed |
Simon Wunderlich | 164eb02 | 2013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel, |
| 187 | * this is used only with channel switching with CSA |
Eliad Peller | 21f659b | 2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | */ |
| 190 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_change { |
Johannes Berg | 4bf8853 | 2012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0), |
Johannes Berg | 04ecd25 | 2012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1), |
Simon Wunderlich | 164eb02 | 2013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2), |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3), |
Eliad Peller | 21f659b | 2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4), |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | }; |
| 197 | |
| 198 | /** |
| 199 | * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to |
| 200 | * |
| 201 | * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx |
| 202 | * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only. |
| 203 | * |
Johannes Berg | 4bf8853 | 2012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 204 | * @def: the channel definition |
Eliad Peller | 21f659b | 2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required. |
Johannes Berg | 04ecd25 | 2012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be |
| 207 | * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions |
| 208 | * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled |
| 209 | * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions; |
Simon Wunderlich | 5d7fad4 | 2012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static. |
Simon Wunderlich | 164eb02 | 2013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel. |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 212 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
| 213 | * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information. |
| 214 | */ |
| 215 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf { |
Johannes Berg | 4bf8853 | 2012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | struct cfg80211_chan_def def; |
Eliad Peller | 21f659b | 2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 217 | struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def; |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | |
Johannes Berg | 04ecd25 | 2012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic; |
| 220 | |
Simon Wunderlich | 164eb02 | 2013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | bool radar_enabled; |
| 222 | |
Johannes Berg | 1c06ef9 | 2012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | }; |
| 225 | |
| 226 | /** |
Luciano Coelho | 1a5f0c1 | 2014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode |
| 228 | * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already |
| 229 | * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface |
| 230 | * needs to be switched from one to the other. |
| 231 | * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop |
| 232 | * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but |
| 233 | * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches |
| 234 | * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course |
| 235 | * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing |
| 236 | * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context |
| 237 | * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used |
| 238 | * for changes/removal.) |
| 239 | */ |
| 240 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode { |
| 241 | CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF, |
| 242 | CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS, |
| 243 | }; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | /** |
| 246 | * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information |
| 247 | * |
| 248 | * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that |
| 249 | * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The |
| 250 | * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be |
| 251 | * done. |
| 252 | * |
| 253 | * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx |
| 254 | * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned |
| 255 | * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned |
| 256 | */ |
| 257 | struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch { |
| 258 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
| 259 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx; |
| 260 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx; |
| 261 | }; |
| 262 | |
| 263 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags |
| 265 | * |
| 266 | * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback |
| 267 | * to indicate which BSS parameter changed. |
| 268 | * |
| 269 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated), |
| 270 | * also implies a change in the AID. |
| 271 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed |
| 272 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed |
Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed |
Tomas Winkler | 38668c0 | 2008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 274 | * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed |
Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed |
Johannes Berg | 57c4d7b | 2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed |
Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever |
| 278 | * reason (IBSS and managed mode) |
| 279 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve |
| 280 | * new beacon (beaconing modes) |
| 281 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be |
| 282 | * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes) |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed |
Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed |
Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed. |
Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 286 | * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note |
| 287 | * that it is only ever disabled for station mode. |
Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 288 | * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface. |
Marek Puzyniak | 0ca54f6 | 2013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode) |
Arik Nemtsov | 0294582 | 2011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode) |
Eliad Peller | ab09587 | 2012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode) |
Johannes Berg | 1ea6f9c | 2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface |
Johannes Berg | 488dd7b | 2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 293 | * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS) |
Ayala Beker | 52cfa1d | 2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | * changed |
Alexander Bondar | 989c650 | 2013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available: |
| 296 | * currently dtim_period only is under consideration. |
Johannes Berg | 2c9b735 | 2013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 297 | * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed, |
| 298 | * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel |
| 299 | * context had been assigned. |
Rostislav Lisovy | 239281f | 2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed |
Sara Sharon | 23a1f8d | 2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed |
Avraham Stern | e38a017 | 2017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 302 | * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected |
| 303 | * keep alive) changed. |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | */ |
| 305 | enum ieee80211_bss_change { |
| 306 | BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0, |
| 307 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1, |
| 308 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2, |
Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3, |
Alexander Simon | a7ce1c9 | 2011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4, |
Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5, |
Johannes Berg | 57c4d7b | 2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6, |
Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7, |
| 314 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8, |
| 315 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9, |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10, |
Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11, |
Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12, |
Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 319 | BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13, |
Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14, |
Arik Nemtsov | 7827493 | 2011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15, |
Arik Nemtsov | 0294582 | 2011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16, |
Eliad Peller | ab09587 | 2012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 323 | BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17, |
Johannes Berg | 1ea6f9c | 2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18, |
Johannes Berg | 488dd7b | 2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 325 | BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19, |
Alexander Bondar | 989c650 | 2013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 326 | BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20, |
Johannes Berg | 2c9b735 | 2013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21, |
Rostislav Lisovy | 239281f | 2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 328 | BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22, |
Sara Sharon | 23a1f8d | 2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23, |
Avraham Stern | e38a017 | 2017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24, |
Johannes Berg | ac8dd50 | 2010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | |
| 332 | /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */ |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | }; |
| 334 | |
Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | /* |
| 336 | * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number |
| 337 | * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP |
| 338 | * filtering will be disabled. |
| 339 | */ |
| 340 | #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4 |
| 341 | |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | /** |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver |
| 344 | * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 345 | * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 6382246 | 2015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 346 | * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received |
Emmanuel Grumbach | b497de6 | 2015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because |
| 348 | * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only |
| 349 | * once each time the timeout triggers. |
Meenakshi Venkataraman | 615f7b9 | 2011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | */ |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | enum ieee80211_event_type { |
| 352 | RSSI_EVENT, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | MLME_EVENT, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 6382246 | 2015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | BAR_RX_EVENT, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | b497de6 | 2015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 356 | }; |
| 357 | |
| 358 | /** |
| 359 | * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT |
| 360 | * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver. |
| 361 | * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver. |
| 362 | */ |
| 363 | enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data { |
Meenakshi Venkataraman | 615f7b9 | 2011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 364 | RSSI_EVENT_HIGH, |
| 365 | RSSI_EVENT_LOW, |
| 366 | }; |
| 367 | |
| 368 | /** |
Jonathan Corbet | a839e46 | 2015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data |
| 371 | */ |
| 372 | struct ieee80211_rssi_event { |
| 373 | enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data; |
| 374 | }; |
| 375 | |
| 376 | /** |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT |
| 378 | * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication |
Emmanuel Grumbach | d0d1a12 | 2015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a90faa9 | 2015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received.. |
| 381 | * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | */ |
| 383 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data { |
| 384 | AUTH_EVENT, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | d0d1a12 | 2015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | ASSOC_EVENT, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a90faa9 | 2015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | DEAUTH_RX_EVENT, |
| 387 | DEAUTH_TX_EVENT, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | }; |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /** |
| 391 | * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT |
| 392 | * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully. |
| 393 | * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer. |
| 394 | * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out. |
| 395 | */ |
| 396 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status { |
| 397 | MLME_SUCCESS, |
| 398 | MLME_DENIED, |
| 399 | MLME_TIMEOUT, |
| 400 | }; |
| 401 | |
| 402 | /** |
Jonathan Corbet | a839e46 | 2015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data |
| 405 | * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status |
| 406 | * @reason: the reason code if applicable |
| 407 | */ |
| 408 | struct ieee80211_mlme_event { |
| 409 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data; |
| 410 | enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status; |
| 411 | u16 reason; |
| 412 | }; |
| 413 | |
| 414 | /** |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 6382246 | 2015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events |
| 416 | * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates |
| 417 | * @tid: the tid |
Emmanuel Grumbach | b497de6 | 2015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT) |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 6382246 | 2015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | */ |
| 420 | struct ieee80211_ba_event { |
| 421 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| 422 | u16 tid; |
| 423 | u16 ssn; |
| 424 | }; |
| 425 | |
| 426 | /** |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver |
Jonathan Corbet | a839e46 | 2015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT |
Emmanuel Grumbach | b497de6 | 2015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 6382246 | 2015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | * @u:union holding the fields above |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | */ |
| 434 | struct ieee80211_event { |
| 435 | enum ieee80211_event_type type; |
| 436 | union { |
| 437 | struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi; |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a940909 | 2015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme; |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 6382246 | 2015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | struct ieee80211_ba_event ba; |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | } u; |
| 441 | }; |
| 442 | |
| 443 | /** |
Sara Sharon | 23a1f8d | 2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data |
| 445 | * |
| 446 | * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO |
| 447 | * |
| 448 | * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group |
| 449 | * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group |
| 450 | */ |
| 451 | struct ieee80211_mu_group_data { |
| 452 | u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN]; |
| 453 | u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN]; |
| 454 | }; |
| 455 | |
| 456 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters |
| 458 | * |
| 459 | * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association |
| 460 | * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS. |
| 461 | * |
| 462 | * @assoc: association status |
Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS |
| 464 | * or not |
Sujith Manoharan | c13a765 | 2012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true |
| 467 | * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection |
Johannes Berg | ea1b2b45 | 2015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble |
| 469 | * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP) |
Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | c65dd14 | 2012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified |
Alexander Bondar | 989c650 | 2013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then. |
Johannes Berg | 8c358bc | 2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old |
Johannes Berg | ef429da | 2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the |
| 475 | * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can |
| 476 | * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after |
| 477 | * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the |
Alexander Bondar | 2ecc390 | 2015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 478 | * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
Johannes Berg | 8c358bc | 2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 479 | * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf, |
| 480 | * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation |
Alexander Bondar | 2ecc390 | 2015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
Johannes Berg | ef429da | 2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY |
| 483 | * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts. |
Alexander Bondar | 2ecc390 | 2015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync |
| 485 | * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently |
| 486 | * guaranteed only in certain callbacks. |
Tomas Winkler | 21c0cbe | 2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | * @beacon_int: beacon interval |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 98f7dfd | 2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp |
Johannes Berg | 96dd22a | 2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an |
| 490 | * index into the rate table configured by the driver in |
| 491 | * the current band. |
Alexander Bondar | 817cee7 | 2013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate |
Felix Fietkau | dd5b4cc | 2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) |
Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS |
| 495 | * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not |
Johannes Berg | 4bf8853 | 2012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be |
| 497 | * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example. |
Sara Sharon | 23a1f8d | 2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data |
Johannes Berg | 074d46d | 2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation. |
Avri Altman | 22f6689 | 2015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel. |
| 501 | * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must |
| 502 | * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT. |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value |
Johannes Berg | e86abc6 | 2015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should |
| 505 | * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in |
| 506 | * relation to the newly configured threshold. |
Andrew Zaborowski | 2c3c5f8c | 2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value |
| 508 | * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single |
| 509 | * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it. |
| 510 | * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold. |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis |
Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The |
| 513 | * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here. |
| 514 | * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here |
| 515 | * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass. |
Johannes Berg | 0f19b41 | 2013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this |
| 517 | * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list |
| 518 | * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case. |
Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS. |
Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the |
| 521 | * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what |
| 522 | * your driver/device needs to do. |
Eliad Peller | ab09587 | 2012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by |
| 524 | * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations. |
Marek Puzyniak | 0ca54f6 | 2013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode. |
Arik Nemtsov | 7827493 | 2011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid. |
| 527 | * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode. |
Johannes Berg | 1ea6f9c | 2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | * @txpower: TX power in dBm |
Lorenzo Bianconi | db82d8a | 2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit |
| 530 | * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular |
| 531 | * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is |
| 532 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from |
| 533 | * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to |
| 534 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) |
Janusz Dziedzic | 67baf66 | 2013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave |
Ayala Beker | 52cfa1d | 2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed |
| 537 | * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS |
| 538 | * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support. |
Avraham Stern | e38a017 | 2017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from |
| 540 | * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated. |
| 541 | * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include |
| 542 | * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element. |
| 543 | * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN |
| 544 | * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the |
| 545 | * station. |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | */ |
| 547 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf { |
Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | const u8 *bssid; |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | /* association related data */ |
Johannes Berg | 8fc214b | 2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 550 | bool assoc, ibss_joined; |
Sujith Manoharan | c13a765 | 2012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | bool ibss_creator; |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | u16 aid; |
| 553 | /* erp related data */ |
| 554 | bool use_cts_prot; |
| 555 | bool use_short_preamble; |
Jouni Malinen | 9f1ba90 | 2008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | bool use_short_slot; |
Johannes Berg | 2d0ddec | 2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | bool enable_beacon; |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 98f7dfd | 2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | u8 dtim_period; |
Tomas Winkler | 21c0cbe | 2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | u16 beacon_int; |
| 560 | u16 assoc_capability; |
Johannes Berg | 8c358bc | 2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | u64 sync_tsf; |
| 562 | u32 sync_device_ts; |
Johannes Berg | ef429da | 2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | u8 sync_dtim_count; |
Johannes Berg | 881d948 | 2009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | u32 basic_rates; |
Alexander Bondar | 817cee7 | 2013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate; |
Johannes Berg | 57fbcce | 2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
Johannes Berg | 9ed6bcc | 2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | u16 ht_operation_mode; |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | s32 cqm_rssi_thold; |
| 569 | u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; |
Andrew Zaborowski | 2c3c5f8c | 2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | s32 cqm_rssi_low; |
| 571 | s32 cqm_rssi_high; |
Johannes Berg | 4bf8853 | 2012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
Sara Sharon | 23a1f8d | 2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group; |
Juuso Oikarinen | 6854296 | 2010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN]; |
Johannes Berg | 0f19b41 | 2013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | int arp_addr_cnt; |
Johannes Berg | 4ced3f7 | 2010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | bool qos; |
Johannes Berg | 7da7cc1 | 2010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | bool idle; |
Eliad Peller | ab09587 | 2012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | bool ps; |
Arik Nemtsov | 7827493 | 2011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
| 580 | size_t ssid_len; |
| 581 | bool hidden_ssid; |
Johannes Berg | 1ea6f9c | 2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | int txpower; |
Lorenzo Bianconi | db82d8a | 2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 583 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type; |
Janusz Dziedzic | 67baf66 | 2013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr; |
Ayala Beker | 52cfa1d | 2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | bool allow_p2p_go_ps; |
Avraham Stern | e38a017 | 2017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | u16 max_idle_period; |
| 587 | bool protected_keep_alive; |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | }; |
| 589 | |
Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | /** |
Johannes Berg | af61a16 | 2013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status |
Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | * |
Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 593 | * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info. |
Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | * |
Johannes Berg | 7351c6b | 2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame. |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence |
| 597 | * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment |
| 598 | * number and increasing the sequence number only when the |
| 599 | * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly |
| 600 | * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly |
| 601 | * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from |
| 602 | * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing. |
| 603 | * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to |
| 604 | * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE |
| 605 | * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for |
| 606 | * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field. |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination |
| 609 | * station |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon |
| 612 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211. |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted |
Johannes Berg | ab5b534 | 2009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to |
| 616 | * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or |
| 617 | * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station |
| 618 | * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on |
| 619 | * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for |
| 620 | * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above), |
| 621 | * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the |
| 622 | * hardware queue. |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged |
| 624 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status |
| 625 | * is for the whole aggregation. |
Ron Rindjunsky | 429a380 | 2008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned, |
| 627 | * so consider using block ack request (BAR). |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be |
| 629 | * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will |
| 630 | * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment) |
Seth Forshee | 6c17b77 | 2013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate |
| 632 | * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for |
| 633 | * off-channel operation. |
Johannes Berg | cd8ffc8 | 2009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211, |
| 635 | * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before |
| 636 | * it can be sent out. |
Johannes Berg | 8f77f38 | 2009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211, |
| 638 | * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS |
Johannes Berg | 3b8d81e0 | 2009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211, |
| 640 | * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted |
Johannes Berg | 02f2f1a | 2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll |
| 642 | * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must |
| 643 | * be sent although the station is in powersave mode. |
Johannes Berg | ad5351d | 2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the |
| 645 | * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used |
| 646 | * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the |
| 647 | * queue gets full. |
Johannes Berg | c6fcf6b | 2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted |
| 649 | * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not |
| 650 | * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.) |
Johannes Berg | 1672c0e3 | 2013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME |
| 652 | * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status |
| 653 | * should kick the MLME state machine. |
Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211 |
| 655 | * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX |
| 656 | * status to user space) |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 0a56bd0 | 2010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame |
Felix Fietkau | f79d9ba | 2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this |
| 659 | * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use. |
Johannes Berg | 610dbc9 | 2011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on |
| 661 | * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done |
| 662 | * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be |
| 663 | * handled properly by the device. |
Jouni Malinen | 681d119 | 2011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP |
| 665 | * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow |
| 666 | * TKIP countermeasures to be tested. |
Rajkumar Manoharan | aad14ce | 2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate. |
| 668 | * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P |
| 669 | * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band. |
Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period, |
| 671 | * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in |
| 672 | * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames |
Johannes Berg | deeaee1 | 2011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 673 | * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for |
| 674 | * PS-Poll responses. |
Rajkumar Manoharan | b6f3530 | 2011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate. |
| 676 | * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when |
| 677 | * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose. |
Johannes Berg | a26eb27 | 2011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it |
| 679 | * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for |
| 680 | * monitor injection). |
Sujith Manoharan | 5cf1661 | 2014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with |
| 682 | * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without |
| 683 | * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW). |
| 684 | * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack |
| 685 | * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK. |
Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | * |
| 687 | * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't |
| 688 | * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary. |
Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | */ |
Johannes Berg | af61a16 | 2013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | enum mac80211_tx_info_flags { |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0), |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1), |
| 693 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2), |
| 694 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3), |
| 695 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4), |
| 696 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5), |
| 697 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6), |
| 698 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7), |
| 699 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8), |
| 700 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9), |
| 701 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10), |
| 702 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11), |
| 703 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12), |
Seth Forshee | 6c17b77 | 2013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13), |
Johannes Berg | cd8ffc8 | 2009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14), |
Johannes Berg | 8f77f38 | 2009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15), |
Johannes Berg | 3b8d81e0 | 2009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16), |
Johannes Berg | 02f2f1a | 2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17), |
Johannes Berg | ad5351d | 2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18), |
Johannes Berg | c6fcf6b | 2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19), |
Johannes Berg | 1672c0e3 | 2013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20), |
Jouni Malinen | 026331c | 2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21), |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 0a56bd0 | 2010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22), |
Felix Fietkau | f79d9ba | 2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24), |
Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25), |
Jouni Malinen | 681d119 | 2011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26), |
Rajkumar Manoharan | aad14ce | 2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27), |
Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28), |
Rajkumar Manoharan | b6f3530 | 2011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29), |
Johannes Berg | a26eb27 | 2011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30), |
Sujith Manoharan | 5cf1661 | 2014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31), |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | }; |
| 723 | |
Johannes Berg | abe37c4 | 2010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23 |
| 725 | |
Johannes Berg | af61a16 | 2013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | /** |
| 727 | * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control |
| 728 | * |
| 729 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control |
| 730 | * protocol frame (e.g. EAP) |
Sujith Manoharan | 6b127c7 | 2014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll |
| 732 | * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD). |
Sven Eckelmann | dfdfc2b | 2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen | bb42f2d | 2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path |
Johannes Berg | af61a16 | 2013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | * |
| 737 | * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags. |
| 738 | */ |
| 739 | enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { |
| 740 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0), |
Sujith Manoharan | 6b127c7 | 2014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1), |
Sven Eckelmann | dfdfc2b | 2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2), |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3), |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen | bb42f2d | 2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4), |
Johannes Berg | af61a16 | 2013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | }; |
| 746 | |
Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | /* |
| 748 | * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are |
| 749 | * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack. |
| 750 | */ |
| 751 | #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \ |
| 752 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \ |
| 753 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \ |
| 754 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \ |
| 755 | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \ |
Johannes Berg | 02f2f1a | 2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \ |
Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \ |
Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) |
Christian Lamparter | eb7d306 | 2010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | |
Sujith | 2134e7e | 2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | /** |
| 761 | * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the |
| 762 | * Rate Control algorithm. |
| 763 | * |
| 764 | * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx, |
| 765 | * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate. |
| 766 | * |
| 767 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate. |
| 768 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required. |
| 769 | * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection. |
| 770 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble. |
| 771 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate. |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split |
| 773 | * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number) |
Sujith | 2134e7e | 2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in |
| 775 | * Greenfield mode. |
| 776 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz. |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission |
| 778 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission |
| 779 | * (80+80 isn't supported yet) |
Sujith | 2134e7e | 2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the |
| 781 | * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is |
| 782 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS. |
| 783 | * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate. |
| 784 | */ |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | enum mac80211_rate_control_flags { |
| 786 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0), |
| 787 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1), |
| 788 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2), |
| 789 | |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */ |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3), |
| 792 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4), |
| 793 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5), |
| 794 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6), |
| 795 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7), |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8), |
| 797 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9), |
| 798 | IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10), |
Ron Rindjunsky | 11f4b1c | 2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | }; |
| 800 | |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */ |
| 803 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40 |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */ |
| 806 | #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24 |
| 807 | |
| 808 | /* maximum number of rate stages */ |
Thomas Huehn | e3e1a0b | 2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4 |
Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 811 | /* maximum number of rate table entries */ |
| 812 | #define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4 |
| 813 | |
Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | /** |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status |
Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | * |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with |
| 818 | * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags) |
Johannes Berg | e25cf4a | 2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | * |
| 821 | * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used |
| 822 | * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried. |
| 823 | * |
| 824 | * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should |
| 825 | * always report the rate along with the flags it used. |
Johannes Berg | c555b9b | 2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | * |
| 827 | * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs |
| 828 | * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate |
| 829 | * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example, |
| 830 | * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | * information:: |
| 832 | * |
Johannes Berg | c555b9b | 2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 } |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | * |
Johannes Berg | c555b9b | 2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | * then this means that the frame should be transmitted |
| 836 | * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four |
| 837 | * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets |
| 838 | * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | * information should then contain:: |
| 840 | * |
Johannes Berg | c555b9b | 2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ... |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | * |
Johannes Berg | c555b9b | 2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2 |
| 844 | * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement. |
Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | */ |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate { |
| 847 | s8 idx; |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | u16 count:5, |
| 849 | flags:11; |
Gustavo F. Padovan | 3f30fc1 | 2010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | } __packed; |
Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31 |
| 853 | |
| 854 | static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate, |
| 855 | u8 mcs, u8 nss) |
| 856 | { |
| 857 | WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF); |
Karl Beldan | 6bc8312 | 2013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7); |
| 859 | rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs; |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | } |
| 861 | |
| 862 | static inline u8 |
| 863 | ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) |
| 864 | { |
| 865 | return rate->idx & 0xF; |
| 866 | } |
| 867 | |
| 868 | static inline u8 |
| 869 | ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) |
| 870 | { |
Karl Beldan | 6bc8312 | 2013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1; |
Johannes Berg | 8bc83c2 | 2012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | } |
| 873 | |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | /** |
| 875 | * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information |
Ivo van Doorn | 1c01442 | 2008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | * |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses: |
| 878 | * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do |
| 879 | * (2) driver internal use (if applicable) |
| 880 | * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened |
| 881 | * |
| 882 | * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races) |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC |
Johannes Berg | a729cff | 2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally |
Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | * @control: union for control data |
| 887 | * @status: union for status data |
| 888 | * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers |
Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames. |
Daniel Halperin | 93d95b1 | 2010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. |
Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames. |
Daniel Halperin | 93d95b1 | 2010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame |
Ivo van Doorn | 1c01442 | 2008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | */ |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | struct ieee80211_tx_info { |
| 896 | /* common information */ |
| 897 | u32 flags; |
| 898 | u8 band; |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | u8 hw_queue; |
Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | |
Johannes Berg | a729cff | 2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | u16 ack_frame_id; |
Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | union { |
| 905 | struct { |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | union { |
| 907 | /* rate control */ |
| 908 | struct { |
| 909 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[ |
| 910 | IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
| 911 | s8 rts_cts_rate_idx; |
Felix Fietkau | 991fec0 | 2013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | u8 use_rts:1; |
| 913 | u8 use_cts_prot:1; |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | u8 short_preamble:1; |
| 915 | u8 skip_table:1; |
Felix Fietkau | 991fec0 | 2013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | /* 2 bytes free */ |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | }; |
| 918 | /* only needed before rate control */ |
| 919 | unsigned long jiffies; |
| 920 | }; |
Johannes Berg | 25d834e | 2008-09-12 22:52:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */ |
Johannes Berg | 5316821 | 2017-06-22 12:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key; |
Johannes Berg | af61a16 | 2013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | u32 flags; |
Johannes Berg | 5316821 | 2017-06-22 12:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | codel_time_t enqueue_time; |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | } control; |
| 927 | struct { |
Johannes Berg | 3b79af9 | 2015-06-01 23:14:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | u64 cookie; |
| 929 | } ack; |
| 930 | struct { |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
Eliad Peller | a0f995a | 2014-03-13 14:30:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | s32 ack_signal; |
Thomas Huehn | e3e1a0b | 2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | u8 ampdu_ack_len; |
Felix Fietkau | 599bf6a | 2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | u8 ampdu_len; |
Johannes Berg | d748b46 | 2012-03-28 11:04:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | u8 antenna; |
Johannes Berg | 02219b3 | 2014-10-07 10:38:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | u16 tx_time; |
| 937 | void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)]; |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | } status; |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | struct { |
| 940 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[ |
| 941 | IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | u8 pad[4]; |
| 943 | |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | void *rate_driver_data[ |
| 945 | IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; |
| 946 | }; |
| 947 | void *driver_data[ |
| 948 | IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | }; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | }; |
| 951 | |
Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | 18fb84d | 2017-04-26 17:11:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control |
| 954 | * |
| 955 | * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for |
| 956 | * @info: Basic tx status information |
| 957 | * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver) |
| 958 | */ |
| 959 | struct ieee80211_tx_status { |
| 960 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| 961 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info; |
| 962 | struct sk_buff *skb; |
| 963 | }; |
| 964 | |
| 965 | /** |
David Spinadel | c56ef67 | 2014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs |
| 967 | * |
David Spinadel | 633e271 | 2014-02-06 16:15:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan |
| 969 | * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace |
| 970 | * and the ones generated by mac80211. |
David Spinadel | c56ef67 | 2014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | * |
| 972 | * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs. |
| 973 | * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs. |
| 974 | * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones) |
| 975 | * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies |
| 976 | */ |
| 977 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies { |
Johannes Berg | 57fbcce | 2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| 979 | size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
David Spinadel | c56ef67 | 2014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | const u8 *common_ies; |
| 981 | size_t common_ie_len; |
| 982 | }; |
| 983 | |
| 984 | |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 985 | static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
| 986 | { |
| 987 | return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb; |
| 988 | } |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | |
Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
| 991 | { |
| 992 | return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb; |
| 993 | } |
| 994 | |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | /** |
| 996 | * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status |
| 997 | * |
| 998 | * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared. |
| 999 | * |
| 1000 | * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report |
| 1001 | * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything |
| 1002 | * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear |
| 1003 | * the count since you need to fill that in anyway). |
| 1004 | * |
| 1005 | * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use |
| 1006 | * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data |
| 1007 | * instead if you need only the less space that allows. |
| 1008 | */ |
| 1009 | static inline void |
| 1010 | ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) |
| 1011 | { |
| 1012 | int i; |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != |
| 1015 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates)); |
| 1016 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != |
| 1017 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates)); |
| 1018 | BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8); |
| 1019 | /* clear the rate counts */ |
| 1020 | for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++) |
| 1021 | info->status.rates[i].count = 0; |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | BUILD_BUG_ON( |
Thomas Huehn | e3e1a0b | 2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20); |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0, |
| 1026 | sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) - |
| 1027 | offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len)); |
| 1028 | } |
| 1029 | |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | |
| 1031 | /** |
| 1032 | * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags |
| 1033 | * |
| 1034 | * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status. |
| 1035 | * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame. |
| 1036 | * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED. |
| 1037 | * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware. |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame, |
| 1039 | * verification has been done by the hardware. |
David Spinadel | cef0acd | 2016-11-21 16:58:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame. |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection |
| 1042 | * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that. |
Johannes Berg | 981d94a | 2015-06-12 14:39:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this |
| 1044 | * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection. |
| 1045 | * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame |
| 1046 | * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set) |
Luis de Bethencourt | 84ea3a18 | 2016-03-18 16:09:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did |
| 1048 | * de-duplication by itself. |
Johannes Berg | 72abd81 | 2007-09-17 01:29:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on |
| 1050 | * the frame. |
| 1051 | * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on |
| 1052 | * the frame. |
Thomas Pedersen | f4bda33 | 2012-11-13 10:46:27 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
Johannes Berg | 6ebacbb | 2011-02-23 15:06:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU |
| 1055 | * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS |
| 1056 | * merging. |
Thomas Pedersen | f4bda33 | 2012-11-13 10:46:27 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
| 1058 | * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU |
| 1059 | * (including FCS) was received. |
Johannes Berg | f4a0f0c | 2016-01-25 15:46:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
| 1061 | * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received. |
Felix Fietkau | fe8431f | 2012-03-01 18:00:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 | * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present. |
| 1063 | * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU) |
Johannes Berg | 4c29867 | 2012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference |
| 1065 | * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for |
| 1066 | * each A-MPDU |
Johannes Berg | 4c29867 | 2012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all |
| 1068 | * subframes of a single A-MPDU |
| 1069 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU |
| 1070 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected |
| 1071 | * on this subframe |
| 1072 | * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC |
| 1073 | * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field) |
Sara Sharon | f980ebc | 2016-02-24 11:49:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was |
| 1075 | * done by the hardware |
Grzegorz Bajorski | 1788304 | 2015-12-11 14:39:46 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without |
| 1077 | * processing it in any regular way. |
| 1078 | * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report |
| 1079 | * them for sniffing purposes. |
| 1080 | * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except |
| 1081 | * monitor interfaces. |
| 1082 | * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report |
| 1083 | * them for sniffing purposes. |
Michal Kazior | 0cfcefe | 2013-09-23 15:34:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 | * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU |
| 1085 | * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons. |
| 1086 | * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g. |
| 1087 | * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while |
| 1088 | * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to |
| 1089 | * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU |
| 1090 | * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be |
| 1091 | * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be |
| 1092 | * interleaved with other frames. |
Johannes Berg | 1f7bba7 | 2014-11-06 22:56:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific |
| 1094 | * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by |
| 1095 | * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap. |
Sara Sharon | f631a77 | 2016-05-03 15:59:44 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before. |
| 1097 | * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as |
| 1098 | * the first subframe. |
David Spinadel | cef0acd | 2016-11-21 16:58:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must |
| 1100 | * be done in the hardware. |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1101 | */ |
| 1102 | enum mac80211_rx_flags { |
Johannes Berg | 4c29867 | 2012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0), |
| 1104 | RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1), |
Johannes Berg | f4a0f0c | 2016-01-25 15:46:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2), |
Johannes Berg | 4c29867 | 2012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3), |
| 1107 | RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4), |
| 1108 | RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5), |
| 1109 | RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6), |
Thomas Pedersen | f4bda33 | 2012-11-13 10:46:27 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7), |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8), |
| 1112 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9), |
| 1113 | RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10), |
| 1114 | RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11), |
| 1115 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12), |
| 1116 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13), |
| 1117 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14), |
| 1118 | RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15), |
| 1119 | RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16), |
| 1120 | RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17), |
| 1121 | RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18), |
| 1122 | RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19), |
| 1123 | RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20), |
| 1124 | RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21), |
| 1125 | RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22), |
| 1126 | RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23), |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | }; |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 1b8d242 | 2014-02-05 16:37:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | * |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used |
| 1134 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission, |
| 1135 | * if the driver fills this value it should add |
| 1136 | * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT |
| 1137 | * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact |
| 1138 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used |
| 1139 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3 |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 1b8d242 | 2014-02-05 16:37:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags { |
| 1143 | RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0), |
Johannes Berg | da6a435 | 2017-04-26 12:14:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), |
| 1145 | RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3), |
| 1146 | RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5), |
| 1147 | RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6), |
| 1148 | RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7), |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 1b8d242 | 2014-02-05 16:37:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | }; |
| 1150 | |
Johannes Berg | da6a435 | 2017-04-26 12:14:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 | #define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4 |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | enum mac80211_rx_encoding { |
| 1154 | RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0, |
| 1155 | RX_ENC_HT, |
| 1156 | RX_ENC_VHT, |
| 1157 | }; |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 1b8d242 | 2014-02-05 16:37:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status |
| 1161 | * |
| 1162 | * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset |
| 1163 | * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received |
Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb). |
Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | * |
Bruno Randolf | c132bec | 2008-02-18 11:20:51 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function |
| 1167 | * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware. |
Johannes Berg | 162dd6a | 2016-02-23 23:05:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is |
| 1169 | * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache. |
Johannes Berg | 8c358bc | 2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use |
| 1171 | * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation |
Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | * @band: the active band when this frame was received |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz |
Johannes Berg | 4352a4d | 2015-12-08 16:04:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed |
| 1175 | * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting. |
Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or |
| 1177 | * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags |
| 1178 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_* |
Felix Fietkau | ef0621e | 2013-04-22 16:29:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength |
| 1180 | * values were filled. |
| 1181 | * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't |
| 1182 | * support dB or unspecified units) |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | * @antenna: antenna used |
Jouni Malinen | 0fb8ca4 | 2008-12-12 14:38:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if |
Johannes Berg | 5614618 | 2012-11-09 15:07:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT) |
Johannes Berg | 8613c94 | 2017-04-26 13:51:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only) |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\* |
Johannes Berg | da6a435 | 2017-04-26 12:14:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding |
| 1189 | * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags |
Johannes Berg | 554891e | 2010-09-24 12:38:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211 |
Johannes Berg | 4c29867 | 2012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for |
| 1193 | * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU |
| 1194 | * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | struct ieee80211_rx_status { |
| 1197 | u64 mactime; |
Johannes Berg | 162dd6a | 2016-02-23 23:05:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | u64 boottime_ns; |
Johannes Berg | 8c358bc | 2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | u32 device_timestamp; |
Johannes Berg | 4c29867 | 2012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | u32 ampdu_reference; |
Johannes Berg | 7fdd69c | 2017-04-26 11:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | u32 flag; |
Johannes Berg | 30f4229 | 2012-07-05 13:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | u16 freq; |
Johannes Berg | da6a435 | 2017-04-26 12:14:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | u8 enc_flags; |
| 1204 | u8 encoding:2, bw:3; |
Johannes Berg | 30f4229 | 2012-07-05 13:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | u8 rate_idx; |
Johannes Berg | 8613c94 | 2017-04-26 13:51:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | u8 nss; |
Johannes Berg | 30f4229 | 2012-07-05 13:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | u8 rx_flags; |
| 1208 | u8 band; |
| 1209 | u8 antenna; |
| 1210 | s8 signal; |
Felix Fietkau | ef0621e | 2013-04-22 16:29:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | u8 chains; |
| 1212 | s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
Johannes Berg | 4c29867 | 2012-07-05 11:34:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | }; |
| 1215 | |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 1f7bba7 | 2014-11-06 22:56:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 | * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information |
| 1218 | * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace |
| 1219 | * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more |
| 1220 | * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that) |
| 1221 | * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed |
| 1222 | * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace |
| 1223 | * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment) |
| 1224 | * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1! |
| 1225 | * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI |
| 1226 | * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace |
| 1227 | * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done |
| 1228 | * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the |
| 1229 | * @data field. |
| 1230 | * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that |
| 1231 | * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd |
| 1232 | * length |
| 1233 | * @data: the actual vendor namespace data |
| 1234 | * |
| 1235 | * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before |
| 1236 | * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns |
| 1237 | * data. |
| 1238 | */ |
| 1239 | struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap { |
| 1240 | u32 present; |
| 1241 | u8 align; |
| 1242 | u8 oui[3]; |
| 1243 | u8 subns; |
| 1244 | u8 pad; |
| 1245 | u16 len; |
| 1246 | u8 data[]; |
| 1247 | } __packed; |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags |
| 1251 | * |
| 1252 | * Flags to define PHY configuration options |
| 1253 | * |
Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this |
| 1255 | * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets |
| 1256 | * or not, do not use instead of filter flags! |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only). |
| 1258 | * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2, |
| 1259 | * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to |
| 1260 | * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames. |
| 1261 | * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states, |
| 1262 | * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support" |
| 1263 | * for more. |
Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set |
| 1265 | * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but |
| 1266 | * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will |
| 1267 | * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but |
| 1268 | * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active. |
Felix Fietkau | 4552124 | 2010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main |
| 1270 | * operating channel. |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | */ |
| 1272 | enum ieee80211_conf_flags { |
Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0), |
Johannes Berg | ae5eb02 | 2008-10-14 16:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1), |
Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2), |
Felix Fietkau | 4552124 | 2010-07-28 02:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3), |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | }; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | |
Johannes Berg | 7a5158e | 2008-10-08 10:59:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | /** |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed |
| 1282 | * |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed |
Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed |
Johannes Berg | e255d5e | 2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed |
Johannes Berg | 4797938 | 2009-01-07 10:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed |
Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed |
Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed |
Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed |
Johannes Berg | 04ecd25 | 2012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, |
| 1292 | * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | */ |
| 1294 | enum ieee80211_conf_changed { |
Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1), |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), |
Johannes Berg | 0869aea | 2009-10-28 10:03:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3), |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), |
Johannes Berg | e255d5e | 2009-04-22 12:40:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5), |
| 1300 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6), |
| 1301 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7), |
Johannes Berg | 5cff20e | 2009-04-29 12:26:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8), |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | }; |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode |
| 1307 | * |
Kalle Valo | 9d173fc | 2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic |
| 1309 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off |
| 1310 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static |
| 1311 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic |
| 1312 | * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use |
Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | */ |
| 1314 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode { |
| 1315 | IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC, |
| 1316 | IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF, |
| 1317 | IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC, |
| 1318 | IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /* keep last */ |
| 1321 | IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES, |
| 1322 | }; |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | /** |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device |
| 1326 | * |
| 1327 | * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware. |
| 1328 | * |
Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | * @flags: configuration flags defined above |
| 1330 | * |
Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval |
Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use |
| 1333 | * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon |
| 1334 | * has been received and the DTIM period is known. |
Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the |
| 1336 | * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when |
| 1337 | * the CONF_PS flag is set. |
| 1338 | * |
Johannes Berg | 1ea6f9c | 2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility |
| 1340 | * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces |
Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | * |
Karl Beldan | 675a0b0 | 2013-03-25 16:26:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to |
Simon Wunderlich | 164eb02 | 2013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled |
Johannes Berg | 04fe203 | 2009-04-22 18:44:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | * |
Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame |
Johannes Berg | ad24b0d | 2013-07-05 11:53:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11, |
| 1347 | * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries |
Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short" |
Johannes Berg | ad24b0d | 2013-07-05 11:53:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the |
| 1350 | * number of transmissions not the number of retries |
Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1351 | * |
| 1352 | * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that |
| 1353 | * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not |
Johannes Berg | 04ecd25 | 2012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | * configured for an HT channel. |
| 1355 | * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, |
| 1356 | * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | */ |
| 1358 | struct ieee80211_conf { |
Johannes Berg | 6b301cd | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | u32 flags; |
Juuso Oikarinen | ff61638 | 2010-06-09 09:51:52 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; |
Ron Rindjunsky | 10816d4 | 2007-11-26 16:14:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | u16 listen_interval; |
Johannes Berg | 56007a0 | 2010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | u8 ps_dtim_period; |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | |
Johannes Berg | 9124b07 | 2008-10-14 19:17:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count; |
| 1366 | |
Karl Beldan | 675a0b0 | 2013-03-25 16:26:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
Simon Wunderlich | 164eb02 | 2013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | bool radar_enabled; |
Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | }; |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data |
| 1374 | * |
| 1375 | * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch |
| 1376 | * operation. |
| 1377 | * |
| 1378 | * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization |
| 1379 | * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch |
| 1380 | * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter |
| 1381 | * the driver passed into mac80211. |
Luciano Coelho | 2ba4538 | 2014-10-08 09:48:35 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the |
| 1383 | * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211. |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the |
| 1385 | * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP. |
Johannes Berg | 85220d7 | 2013-03-25 18:29:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | * @chandef: the new channel to switch to |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event |
| 1388 | */ |
| 1389 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch { |
| 1390 | u64 timestamp; |
Luciano Coelho | 2ba4538 | 2014-10-08 09:48:35 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | u32 device_timestamp; |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | bool block_tx; |
Johannes Berg | 85220d7 | 2013-03-25 18:29:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | u8 count; |
| 1395 | }; |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | /** |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags |
| 1399 | * |
| 1400 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering |
| 1401 | * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups |
Johannes Berg | ea08635 | 2012-01-19 09:29:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality |
| 1403 | * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor |
| 1404 | * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and |
| 1405 | * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached. |
Johannes Berg | 848955c | 2014-11-11 12:48:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this |
| 1407 | * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition, |
| 1408 | * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is |
| 1409 | * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces. |
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com | b115b97 | 2015-10-27 08:38:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes |
| 1411 | * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even |
| 1412 | * this is not pure P2P vif. |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | */ |
| 1414 | enum ieee80211_vif_flags { |
| 1415 | IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0), |
Johannes Berg | ea08635 | 2012-01-19 09:29:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1), |
Johannes Berg | 848955c | 2014-11-11 12:48:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2), |
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com | b115b97 | 2015-10-27 08:38:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3), |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | }; |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data |
| 1423 | * |
| 1424 | * Data in this structure is continually present for driver |
| 1425 | * use during the life of a virtual interface. |
| 1426 | * |
Johannes Berg | 51fb61e | 2007-12-19 01:31:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | * @type: type of this virtual interface |
Johannes Berg | bda3933 | 2008-10-11 01:51:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own |
| 1429 | * or the BSS we're associated to |
Johannes Berg | 47846c9 | 2009-11-25 17:46:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | * @addr: address of this interface |
Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p |
| 1432 | * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively |
Michal Kazior | 59af692 | 2014-04-09 15:10:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is |
| 1434 | * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine |
| 1435 | * for read access. |
Sara Sharon | b5a33d5 | 2016-02-16 12:48:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface, |
| 1438 | * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added |
| 1439 | * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed |
| 1440 | * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC |
| 1442 | * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL |
| 1444 | * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX |
| 1445 | * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always |
| 1446 | * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be |
| 1447 | * processed after it switches back to %NULL. |
Stanislaw Gruszka | ddbfe86 | 2013-03-08 14:46:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per |
Johannes Berg | ad24b0d | 2013-07-05 11:53:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual |
Stanislaw Gruszka | ddbfe86 | 2013-03-08 14:46:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | * monitor interface (if that is requested.) |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1b09b55 | 2015-08-15 22:39:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this |
| 1452 | * interface. |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | * sizeof(void \*). |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction) |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | */ |
| 1457 | struct ieee80211_vif { |
Johannes Berg | 05c914f | 2008-09-11 00:01:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | enum nl80211_iftype type; |
Johannes Berg | bda3933 | 2008-10-11 01:51:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf; |
Michael Braun | a3e2f4b | 2016-10-15 13:28:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | bool p2p; |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | bool csa_active; |
Sara Sharon | b5a33d5 | 2016-02-16 12:48:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | bool mu_mimo_owner; |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | |
| 1465 | u8 cab_queue; |
| 1466 | u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS]; |
| 1467 | |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq; |
| 1469 | |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf; |
| 1471 | |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | u32 driver_flags; |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | |
Stanislaw Gruszka | ddbfe86 | 2013-03-08 14:46:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
| 1475 | struct dentry *debugfs_dir; |
| 1476 | #endif |
| 1477 | |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1b09b55 | 2015-08-15 22:39:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | unsigned int probe_req_reg; |
| 1479 | |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | /* must be last */ |
Johannes Berg | 1c06ef9 | 2012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 | }; |
| 1483 | |
Johannes Berg | 902acc7 | 2008-02-23 15:17:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
| 1485 | { |
| 1486 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH |
Johannes Berg | 05c914f | 2008-09-11 00:01:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT; |
Johannes Berg | 902acc7 | 2008-02-23 15:17:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | #endif |
| 1489 | return false; |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | /** |
Johannes Berg | ad7e718 | 2013-11-13 13:37:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev |
| 1494 | * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for |
| 1495 | * |
| 1496 | * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs |
| 1497 | * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev. |
| 1498 | * |
| 1499 | * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't |
| 1500 | * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor |
| 1501 | * or AP_VLAN interfaces.) |
| 1502 | */ |
| 1503 | struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | /** |
Emmanuel Grumbach | dc5a1ad | 2015-03-12 08:53:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif |
| 1507 | * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for |
| 1508 | * |
| 1509 | * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs |
| 1510 | * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif. |
| 1511 | * |
| 1512 | * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't |
| 1513 | * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor |
| 1514 | * or AP_VLAN interfaces.) |
| 1515 | */ |
| 1516 | struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags |
| 1520 | * |
| 1521 | * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver |
| 1522 | * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf. |
| 1523 | * |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the |
| 1525 | * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this |
Ido Yariv | db12847 | 2015-01-06 08:39:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs |
| 1527 | * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC. |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by |
| 1529 | * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC |
| 1530 | * generation in software. |
Ivo van Doorn | c6adbd2 | 2008-04-17 21:11:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates |
| 1532 | * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. |
Johannes Berg | e548c49 | 2012-09-04 17:08:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a |
Jouni Malinen | 00b9cfa | 2015-01-24 19:52:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames |
| 1535 | * (MFP) to be done in software. |
Arik Nemtsov | 077a915 | 2011-10-23 08:21:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver |
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com | ee70108 | 2012-05-09 08:11:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV |
Arik Nemtsov | 077a915 | 2011-10-23 08:21:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with |
Ido Yariv | db12847 | 2015-01-06 08:39:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does |
| 1540 | * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or |
| 1541 | * MIC. |
Johannes Berg | e548c49 | 2012-09-04 17:08:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received |
| 1543 | * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware |
| 1544 | * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames |
| 1545 | * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and |
| 1546 | * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with |
| 1547 | * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the |
| 1548 | * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW. |
Marek Kwaczynski | 17d38fa | 2014-04-14 11:27:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the |
Jouni Malinen | 00b9cfa | 2015-01-24 19:52:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation |
Marek Kwaczynski | 17d38fa | 2014-04-14 11:27:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | * only for managment frames (MFP). |
Ido Yariv | db12847 | 2015-01-06 08:39:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the |
| 1553 | * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always |
| 1554 | * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled. |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | */ |
| 1556 | enum ieee80211_key_flags { |
Marek Kwaczynski | 17d38fa | 2014-04-14 11:27:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0), |
| 1558 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1), |
| 1559 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2), |
| 1560 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3), |
| 1561 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4), |
| 1562 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5), |
| 1563 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6), |
Ido Yariv | db12847 | 2015-01-06 08:39:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7), |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | }; |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | /** |
| 1568 | * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information |
| 1569 | * |
| 1570 | * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by |
| 1571 | * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops. |
| 1572 | * |
| 1573 | * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver |
| 1574 | * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be |
Johannes Berg | 6a7664d | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 | * encrypted in hardware. |
Johannes Berg | 97359d1 | 2010-08-10 09:46:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector. |
Eliad Peller | f8079d4 | 2016-02-14 13:56:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it |
| 1578 | * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO) |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags. |
| 1580 | * @keyidx: the key index (0-3) |
| 1581 | * @keylen: key material length |
Luis R. Rodriguez | ffd7891 | 2008-06-21 10:02:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte) |
| 1583 | * data block: |
| 1584 | * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits) |
| 1585 | * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits) |
| 1586 | * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits) |
Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type |
| 1588 | * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | struct ieee80211_key_conf { |
Johannes Berg | db388a5 | 2015-06-01 15:36:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | atomic64_t tx_pn; |
Johannes Berg | 97359d1 | 2010-08-10 09:46:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | u32 cipher; |
Felix Fietkau | 76708de | 2008-10-05 18:02:48 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | u8 icv_len; |
| 1594 | u8 iv_len; |
Johannes Berg | 6a7664d | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | u8 hw_key_idx; |
Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | u8 flags; |
Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | s8 keyidx; |
Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | u8 keylen; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | u8 key[0]; |
| 1600 | }; |
| 1601 | |
Johannes Berg | a31cf1c | 2015-04-20 18:21:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16 |
| 1603 | |
Eliad Peller | f8079d4 | 2016-02-14 13:56:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff)) |
| 1605 | #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff)) |
| 1606 | |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 9352c19 | 2015-04-20 18:12:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter |
| 1609 | * |
| 1610 | * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order |
| 1611 | * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| 1612 | * reverse order than in packet) |
| 1613 | * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| 1614 | * reverse order than in packet) |
| 1615 | * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| 1616 | * reverse order than in packet) |
| 1617 | * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| 1618 | * reverse order than in packet) |
Johannes Berg | a31cf1c | 2015-04-20 18:21:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys |
Johannes Berg | 9352c19 | 2015-04-20 18:12:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | */ |
| 1621 | struct ieee80211_key_seq { |
| 1622 | union { |
| 1623 | struct { |
| 1624 | u32 iv32; |
| 1625 | u16 iv16; |
| 1626 | } tkip; |
| 1627 | struct { |
| 1628 | u8 pn[6]; |
| 1629 | } ccmp; |
| 1630 | struct { |
| 1631 | u8 pn[6]; |
| 1632 | } aes_cmac; |
| 1633 | struct { |
| 1634 | u8 pn[6]; |
| 1635 | } aes_gmac; |
| 1636 | struct { |
| 1637 | u8 pn[6]; |
| 1638 | } gcmp; |
Johannes Berg | a31cf1c | 2015-04-20 18:21:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | struct { |
| 1640 | u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN]; |
| 1641 | u8 seq_len; |
| 1642 | } hw; |
Johannes Berg | 9352c19 | 2015-04-20 18:12:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | }; |
| 1644 | }; |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | /** |
Max Stepanov | 2475b1cc | 2013-03-24 14:23:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme |
| 1648 | * |
| 1649 | * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining |
| 1650 | * the secure packet crypto handling. |
| 1651 | * |
| 1652 | * @cipher: a cipher suite selector |
| 1653 | * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage |
| 1654 | * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher |
| 1655 | * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header |
| 1656 | * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header |
| 1657 | * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header |
| 1658 | * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits |
| 1659 | * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx |
| 1660 | * key_idx value calculation: |
| 1661 | * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift |
| 1662 | * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes |
| 1663 | */ |
| 1664 | struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme { |
| 1665 | u32 cipher; |
| 1666 | u16 iftype; |
| 1667 | u8 hdr_len; |
| 1668 | u8 pn_len; |
| 1669 | u8 pn_off; |
| 1670 | u8 key_idx_off; |
| 1671 | u8 key_idx_mask; |
| 1672 | u8 key_idx_shift; |
| 1673 | u8 mic_len; |
| 1674 | }; |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | * enum set_key_cmd - key command |
| 1678 | * |
| 1679 | * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this |
| 1680 | * indicates whether a key is being removed or added. |
| 1681 | * |
| 1682 | * @SET_KEY: a key is set |
| 1683 | * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled |
| 1684 | */ |
Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | enum set_key_cmd { |
Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY, |
Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | }; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 | |
Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | /** |
Johannes Berg | f09603a | 2012-01-20 13:55:21 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state |
| 1691 | * |
| 1692 | * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all, |
| 1693 | * this is a special state for add/remove transitions |
| 1694 | * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state |
| 1695 | * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated |
| 1696 | * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated |
| 1697 | * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) |
| 1698 | */ |
| 1699 | enum ieee80211_sta_state { |
| 1700 | /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */ |
| 1701 | IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST, |
| 1702 | IEEE80211_STA_NONE, |
| 1703 | IEEE80211_STA_AUTH, |
| 1704 | IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC, |
| 1705 | IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED, |
| 1706 | }; |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | /** |
Johannes Berg | e1a0c6b | 2013-02-07 11:47:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth |
| 1710 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz |
| 1711 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz |
| 1712 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz |
| 1713 | * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz |
| 1714 | * (including 80+80 MHz) |
| 1715 | * |
| 1716 | * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized |
| 1717 | * correctly, the values must be sorted. |
| 1718 | */ |
| 1719 | enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth { |
| 1720 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0, |
| 1721 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40, |
| 1722 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80, |
| 1723 | IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160, |
| 1724 | }; |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table |
| 1728 | * |
| 1729 | * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update |
Robert P. J. Day | 03f831a | 2013-05-02 07:15:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 | * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default. |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control. |
| 1732 | */ |
| 1733 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates { |
| 1734 | struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
| 1735 | struct { |
| 1736 | s8 idx; |
| 1737 | u8 count; |
| 1738 | u8 count_cts; |
| 1739 | u8 count_rts; |
| 1740 | u16 flags; |
| 1741 | } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE]; |
| 1742 | }; |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry |
| 1746 | * |
| 1747 | * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly |
| 1748 | * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in |
| 1749 | * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must |
| 1750 | * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly, |
| 1751 | * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a |
Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it. |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | * |
| 1754 | * @addr: MAC address |
| 1755 | * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP |
Johannes Berg | 323ce79 | 2008-09-11 02:45:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band) |
Johannes Berg | 55d942f | 2013-03-01 13:07:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities |
| 1758 | * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities |
Maxim Altshul | 480dd46 | 2016-08-22 17:14:04 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU |
| 1760 | * that this station is allowed to transmit to us. |
| 1761 | * Can be modified by driver. |
Johannes Berg | 527871d | 2015-03-21 08:09:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does, |
| 1763 | * otherwise always false) |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information. |
Eliad Peller | 910868d | 2011-09-11 09:46:55 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid |
Emmanuel Grumbach | f438ceb | 2016-10-18 23:12:12 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in |
| 1768 | * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*. |
Eliad Peller | 910868d | 2011-09-11 09:46:55 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported. |
Johannes Berg | e1a0c6b | 2013-02-07 11:47:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with |
Johannes Berg | 8921d04 | 2012-12-27 18:26:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the |
| 1772 | * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode |
| 1773 | * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after |
| 1774 | * the station moves to associated state. |
Johannes Berg | af0ed69 | 2013-02-12 14:21:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic) |
Robert P. J. Day | 03f831a | 2013-05-02 07:15:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 | * @rates: rate control selection table |
Arik Nemtsov | 0c4972c | 2014-05-01 10:17:27 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 | * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer |
Arik Nemtsov | 8b94148 | 2014-10-22 12:32:48 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only |
| 1779 | * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place. |
Tamizh chelvam | 93f0490 | 2015-10-07 10:40:04 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 506bcfa | 2015-12-13 15:41:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single |
| 1782 | * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means |
| 1783 | * unlimited. |
Ayala Beker | 52cfa1d | 2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not. |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control. |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction) |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | */ |
| 1788 | struct ieee80211_sta { |
Johannes Berg | 57fbcce | 2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| 1791 | u16 aid; |
Johannes Berg | d9fe60d | 2008-10-09 12:13:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; |
Mahesh Palivela | 818255e | 2012-10-10 11:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; |
Maxim Altshul | 480dd46 | 2016-08-22 17:14:04 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; |
Arik Nemtsov | 39df600 | 2011-06-27 23:58:45 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | bool wme; |
Eliad Peller | 9533b4a | 2011-08-23 14:37:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | u8 uapsd_queues; |
| 1797 | u8 max_sp; |
Johannes Berg | 8921d04 | 2012-12-27 18:26:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | u8 rx_nss; |
Johannes Berg | e1a0c6b | 2013-02-07 11:47:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth; |
Johannes Berg | af0ed69 | 2013-02-12 14:21:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates; |
Arik Nemtsov | 0c4972c | 2014-05-01 10:17:27 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | bool tdls; |
Arik Nemtsov | 8b94148 | 2014-10-22 12:32:48 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | bool tdls_initiator; |
Tamizh chelvam | 93f0490 | 2015-10-07 10:40:04 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | bool mfp; |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 506bcfa | 2015-12-13 15:41:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | u8 max_amsdu_subframes; |
Johannes Berg | 57eeb20 | 2017-01-13 11:12:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | |
| 1807 | /** |
| 1808 | * @max_amsdu_len: |
| 1809 | * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes. |
| 1810 | * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble. |
| 1811 | * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply: |
| 1812 | * |
| 1813 | * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the |
| 1814 | * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes. |
| 1815 | * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal |
| 1816 | * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes. |
| 1817 | * |
| 1818 | * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level |
| 1819 | * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section |
| 1820 | * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2). |
| 1821 | */ |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 506bcfa | 2015-12-13 15:41:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | u16 max_amsdu_len; |
Ayala Beker | 52cfa1d | 2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | bool support_p2p_ps; |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | u16 max_rc_amsdu_len; |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS]; |
| 1827 | |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | /* must be last */ |
Johannes Berg | 1c06ef9 | 2012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | }; |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | /** |
Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command |
| 1834 | * |
| 1835 | * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this |
Sujith | 38a6cc7 | 2010-05-19 11:32:30 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition. |
Tomas Winkler | 478f8d2 | 2007-09-30 13:52:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | * |
Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping |
| 1839 | * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up |
| 1840 | */ |
Christian Lamparter | 89fad57 | 2008-12-09 16:28:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | enum sta_notify_cmd { |
Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE, |
| 1843 | }; |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | /** |
Thomas Huehn | 36323f8 | 2012-07-23 21:33:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 | * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data |
| 1847 | * |
| 1848 | * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and |
| 1849 | * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU. |
| 1850 | */ |
| 1851 | struct ieee80211_tx_control { |
| 1852 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| 1853 | }; |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue |
| 1857 | * |
| 1858 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 1859 | * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue |
| 1860 | * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue) |
| 1861 | * @ac: the AC for this queue |
Johannes Berg | f8bdbb5 | 2015-05-20 15:04:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | * |
| 1864 | * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling |
| 1865 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). |
| 1866 | */ |
| 1867 | struct ieee80211_txq { |
| 1868 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
| 1869 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| 1870 | u8 tid; |
| 1871 | u8 ac; |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | /* must be last */ |
| 1874 | u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
| 1875 | }; |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags |
| 1879 | * |
| 1880 | * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to |
| 1881 | * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning |
| 1882 | * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting |
| 1883 | * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule, |
| 1884 | * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully. |
| 1885 | * |
Johannes Berg | af65cd96 | 2009-11-17 18:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL: |
| 1887 | * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be |
| 1888 | * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm |
| 1889 | * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace |
| 1890 | * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control |
| 1891 | * algorithm. |
| 1892 | * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of |
| 1893 | * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have |
| 1894 | * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config |
| 1895 | * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot |
| 1896 | * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for |
| 1897 | * CCK frames. |
| 1898 | * |
Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS: |
| 1900 | * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include |
| 1901 | * the FCS at the end. |
| 1902 | * |
| 1903 | * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING: |
| 1904 | * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames |
| 1905 | * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others |
| 1906 | * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used |
| 1907 | * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and |
| 1908 | * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 546c80c9 | 2008-08-14 11:43:20 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1909 | * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(). |
Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | * |
Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: |
| 1912 | * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We |
| 1913 | * expect values between 0 and @max_signal. |
| 1914 | * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead. |
| 1915 | * |
Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM: |
| 1917 | * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from |
| 1918 | * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized |
| 1919 | * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set. |
| 1920 | * |
Tomas Winkler | 06ff47b | 2008-06-18 17:53:44 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT: |
| 1922 | * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h |
| 1923 | * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC |
Sujith | 8b30b1f | 2008-10-24 09:55:27 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | * |
| 1925 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION: |
| 1926 | * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation. |
Kalle Valo | 520eb82 | 2008-12-18 23:35:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | * |
Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS: |
| 1929 | * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep). |
| 1930 | * |
| 1931 | * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK: |
| 1932 | * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies |
| 1933 | * stack support for dynamic PS. |
| 1934 | * |
| 1935 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS: |
| 1936 | * Hardware has support for dynamic PS. |
Jouni Malinen | 4375d08 | 2009-01-08 13:32:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | * |
| 1938 | * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE: |
| 1939 | * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w). |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | * |
Vivek Natarajan | 375177b | 2010-02-09 14:50:28 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS: |
| 1942 | * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to |
| 1943 | * the stack. |
| 1944 | * |
Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR: |
Johannes Berg | ad24b0d | 2013-07-05 11:53:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including |
| 1947 | * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss. |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | * |
Emmanuel Grumbach | c65dd14 | 2012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1949 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC: |
| 1950 | * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e. |
| 1951 | * dtim_period). |
Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 | * |
| 1953 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports |
| 1954 | * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If |
| 1955 | * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not |
| 1956 | * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still |
| 1957 | * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag |
| 1958 | * only in that case. |
Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | * |
| 1960 | * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device |
| 1961 | * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When |
| 1962 | * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected |
| 1963 | * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames. |
| 1964 | * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure |
| 1965 | * the PS mode of connected stations. |
Arik Nemtsov | edf6b78 | 2011-08-30 09:32:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | * |
| 1967 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session |
| 1968 | * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in |
| 1969 | * software. |
Eliad Peller | 885bd8e | 2012-02-02 17:44:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | * |
Johannes Berg | 4b6f1dd | 2012-04-03 14:35:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of |
| 1972 | * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only |
| 1973 | * active interfaces. |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | * |
Ben Greear | e27513f | 2014-10-22 12:23:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to |
| 1976 | * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as |
| 1977 | * desired (and thus have them named as desired). |
| 1978 | * |
Johannes Berg | fa7e1fb | 2015-01-22 18:44:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the |
| 1980 | * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically |
| 1981 | * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if |
| 1982 | * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its |
| 1983 | * supported cipher suites. |
| 1984 | * |
Johannes Berg | 17c18bf | 2015-03-21 15:25:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit, |
| 1986 | * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration |
| 1987 | * for frames. |
| 1988 | * |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface |
| 1990 | * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC) |
| 1991 | * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue |
| 1992 | * control for more details. |
Johannes Berg | 6d71117 | 2012-06-19 17:19:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | * |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate |
| 1995 | * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm. |
| 1996 | * |
Johannes Berg | 6d71117 | 2012-06-19 17:19:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any |
| 1998 | * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface |
| 1999 | * is supported. |
Johannes Berg | ef429da | 2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | * |
| 2001 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames |
| 2002 | * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon. |
Arik Nemtsov | 7578d57 | 2013-09-01 17:15:51 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | * |
Johannes Berg | 919be62 | 2013-10-14 10:05:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates |
| 2005 | * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not |
| 2006 | * using aggregation for such frames.) |
| 2007 | * |
Arik Nemtsov | 7578d57 | 2013-09-01 17:15:51 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA) |
| 2009 | * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support |
| 2010 | * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the |
| 2011 | * CSA frame. |
Luciano Coelho | 5d52ee8 | 2014-02-27 14:33:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | * |
Ido Yariv | c70f59a | 2014-07-29 15:39:14 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload |
| 2014 | * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first. |
| 2015 | * |
Johannes Berg | c526a46 | 2015-06-02 20:32:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands |
David Spinadel | c56ef67 | 2014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band. |
Johannes Berg | 30686bf | 2015-06-02 21:39:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | * |
Arik Nemtsov | b98fb44 | 2015-06-10 20:42:59 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth |
| 2020 | * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel. |
| 2021 | * |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 99e7ca4 | 2015-08-15 22:39:51 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs |
| 2023 | * within A-MPDU. |
| 2024 | * |
Helmut Schaa | 35afa58 | 2015-09-09 09:46:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status |
| 2026 | * for sent beacons. |
| 2027 | * |
Johannes Berg | 3110489 | 2015-10-22 17:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each |
| 2029 | * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified |
| 2030 | * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station |
| 2031 | * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time. |
| 2032 | * |
Sara Sharon | 412a6d8 | 2015-12-08 19:09:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the |
| 2034 | * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in |
| 2035 | * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session |
| 2036 | * timeout. |
| 2037 | * |
Johannes Berg | c9c5962 | 2016-03-31 20:02:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX, |
| 2039 | * which implies using per-CPU station statistics. |
| 2040 | * |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated |
| 2042 | * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. |
| 2043 | * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must |
| 2044 | * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting |
| 2045 | * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. |
| 2046 | * |
| 2047 | * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list |
| 2048 | * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU. |
| 2049 | * |
Rajkumar Manoharan | e8a24cd | 2016-09-14 12:48:32 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event |
| 2051 | * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such |
| 2052 | * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver |
| 2053 | * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout. |
| 2054 | * |
Sara Sharon | f3fe4e9 | 2016-10-18 23:12:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself. |
| 2056 | * The stack will not do fragmentation. |
| 2057 | * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well. |
| 2058 | * |
Johannes Berg | 30686bf | 2015-06-02 21:39:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays |
Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | */ |
| 2061 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags { |
Johannes Berg | 30686bf | 2015-06-02 21:39:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL, |
| 2063 | IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS, |
| 2064 | IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING, |
| 2065 | IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, |
| 2066 | IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM, |
| 2067 | IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC, |
| 2068 | IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT, |
| 2069 | IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION, |
| 2070 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS, |
| 2071 | IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK, |
| 2072 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS, |
| 2073 | IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE, |
| 2074 | IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF, |
| 2075 | IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF, |
| 2076 | IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, |
| 2077 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT, |
| 2078 | IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS, |
| 2079 | IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR, |
| 2080 | IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL, |
| 2081 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK, |
| 2082 | IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, |
| 2083 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW, |
| 2084 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, |
| 2085 | IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF, |
| 2086 | IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY, |
| 2087 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES, |
| 2088 | IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA, |
| 2089 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS, |
| 2090 | IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS, |
Arik Nemtsov | b98fb44 | 2015-06-10 20:42:59 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW, |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 99e7ca4 | 2015-08-15 22:39:51 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU, |
Helmut Schaa | 35afa58 | 2015-09-09 09:46:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS, |
Johannes Berg | 3110489 | 2015-10-22 17:35:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR, |
Sara Sharon | 412a6d8 | 2015-12-08 19:09:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER, |
Johannes Berg | c9c5962 | 2016-03-31 20:02:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS, |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU, |
| 2098 | IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST, |
Rajkumar Manoharan | e8a24cd | 2016-09-14 12:48:32 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK, |
Sara Sharon | f3fe4e9 | 2016-10-18 23:12:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 | IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG, |
Johannes Berg | 30686bf | 2015-06-02 21:39:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2101 | |
| 2102 | /* keep last, obviously */ |
| 2103 | NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS |
Johannes Berg | 1bc0826 | 2007-09-18 17:29:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | }; |
| 2105 | |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | /** |
| 2107 | * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | * |
| 2109 | * This structure contains the configuration and hardware |
| 2110 | * information for an 802.11 PHY. |
| 2111 | * |
| 2112 | * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this |
| 2113 | * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev |
| 2114 | * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV() |
Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported |
| 2116 | * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | * |
| 2118 | * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use. |
| 2119 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use |
| 2121 | * along with this structure. |
| 2122 | * |
| 2123 | * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags. |
| 2124 | * |
| 2125 | * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb |
| 2126 | * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.) |
| 2127 | * |
Felix Fietkau | 70dabeb | 2013-12-14 13:54:53 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb. |
| 2129 | * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | * |
Bruno Randolf | 566bfe5 | 2008-05-08 19:15:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used |
Johannes Berg | ad24b0d | 2013-07-05 11:53:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | * |
Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval |
Johannes Berg | ad24b0d | 2013-07-05 11:53:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | * that HW supports |
Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for |
Johannes Berg | e100bb6 | 2008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 | * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these |
| 2139 | * queues need to have configurable access parameters. |
| 2140 | * |
Johannes Berg | 830f903 | 2007-10-28 14:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 | * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware. |
| 2142 | * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be |
| 2143 | * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | * |
| 2145 | * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| 2146 | * within &struct ieee80211_vif. |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 | * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| 2148 | * within &struct ieee80211_sta. |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| 2150 | * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf. |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| 2152 | * within @struct ieee80211_txq. |
Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | * |
Helmut Schaa | 78be49e | 2010-10-02 11:31:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2154 | * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw |
| 2155 | * can handle. |
| 2156 | * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages |
| 2157 | * the hw can report back. |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage |
John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | * |
Luciano Coelho | df6ba5d | 2011-01-12 15:26:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of |
| 2161 | * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver |
| 2162 | * aggregation. |
| 2163 | * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the |
| 2164 | * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering |
| 2165 | * it shouldn't be set. |
Johannes Berg | 5dd36bc | 2011-01-18 13:52:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | * |
| 2167 | * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an |
Gregory Greenman | ac06219 | 2015-11-17 10:24:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | * aggregate an HT driver will transmit. Though ADDBA will advertise |
| 2169 | * a constant value of 64 as some older APs can crash if the window |
| 2170 | * size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N with FW v1.0.07 |
| 2171 | * build 002 Jun 18 2012). |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | * |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum |
| 2174 | * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list. |
| 2175 | * |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX |
| 2177 | * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set) |
Johannes Berg | ac55d2f | 2012-05-10 09:09:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 | * |
| 2179 | * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW |
| 2180 | * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only |
Johannes Berg | ac55d2f | 2012-05-10 09:09:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | * adding _BW is supported today. |
Arik Nemtsov | 72d7872 | 2012-05-10 16:18:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | * |
Johannes Berg | 5164892 | 2012-11-22 23:00:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports, |
| 2185 | * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH. |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2186 | * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values. |
Johannes Berg | 5164892 | 2012-11-22 23:00:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | * |
Johannes Berg | 99ee7ca | 2016-08-29 23:25:17 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the |
| 2189 | * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to |
| 2190 | * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a |
| 2191 | * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp |
| 2192 | * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status |
| 2193 | * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put |
| 2194 | * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set. |
| 2195 | * |
Arik Nemtsov | 72d7872 | 2012-05-10 16:18:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2196 | * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created |
Johannes Berg | 680a0da | 2015-04-13 16:58:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211, |
| 2198 | * other features will be rejected during HW registration. |
Alexander Bondar | 219c386 | 2013-01-22 16:52:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | * |
| 2200 | * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate |
| 2201 | * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery- |
| 2202 | * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap. |
| 2203 | * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means |
| 2204 | * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means |
| 2205 | * neither enabled. |
| 2206 | * |
| 2207 | * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may |
| 2208 | * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA. |
| 2209 | * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values. |
Max Stepanov | 2475b1cc | 2013-03-24 14:23:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | * |
| 2211 | * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions. |
| 2212 | * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions |
| 2213 | * supported by HW. |
Ayala Beker | 167e33f | 2016-09-20 17:31:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the |
| 2215 | * device. |
Johannes Berg | 7ac1bd6 | 2007-09-14 11:10:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | struct ieee80211_hw { |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | struct ieee80211_conf conf; |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | struct wiphy *wiphy; |
Johannes Berg | 830f903 | 2007-10-28 14:51:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | const char *rate_control_algorithm; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | void *priv; |
Johannes Berg | 30686bf | 2015-06-02 21:39:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)]; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | unsigned int extra_tx_headroom; |
Felix Fietkau | 70dabeb | 2013-12-14 13:54:53 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom; |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | int vif_data_size; |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | int sta_data_size; |
Michal Kazior | d01a1e6 | 2012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | int chanctx_data_size; |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | int txq_data_size; |
Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | u16 queues; |
Tomas Winkler | ea95bba | 2008-07-18 13:53:00 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | u16 max_listen_interval; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | s8 max_signal; |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | u8 max_rates; |
Helmut Schaa | 78be49e | 2010-10-02 11:31:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | u8 max_report_rates; |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | u8 max_rate_tries; |
Luciano Coelho | df6ba5d | 2011-01-12 15:26:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; |
Johannes Berg | 5dd36bc | 2011-01-18 13:52:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | u8 max_tx_aggregation_subframes; |
Felix Fietkau | 6e0456b | 2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | u8 max_tx_fragments; |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue; |
Johannes Berg | ac55d2f | 2012-05-10 09:09:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | u8 radiotap_mcs_details; |
Johannes Berg | 5164892 | 2012-11-22 23:00:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | u16 radiotap_vht_details; |
Johannes Berg | 99ee7ca | 2016-08-29 23:25:17 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | struct { |
| 2242 | int units_pos; |
| 2243 | s16 accuracy; |
| 2244 | } radiotap_timestamp; |
Arik Nemtsov | 72d7872 | 2012-05-10 16:18:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | netdev_features_t netdev_features; |
Alexander Bondar | 219c386 | 2013-01-22 16:52:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | u8 uapsd_queues; |
| 2247 | u8 uapsd_max_sp_len; |
Max Stepanov | 2475b1cc | 2013-03-24 14:23:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | u8 n_cipher_schemes; |
| 2249 | const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes; |
Ayala Beker | 167e33f | 2016-09-20 17:31:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | u8 max_nan_de_entries; |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | }; |
| 2252 | |
Johannes Berg | 30686bf | 2015-06-02 21:39:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 2254 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) |
| 2255 | { |
| 2256 | return test_bit(flg, hw->flags); |
| 2257 | } |
| 2258 | #define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 2261 | enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags); |
| 2264 | } |
| 2265 | #define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) |
| 2266 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | /** |
David Spinadel | c56ef67 | 2014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request |
| 2269 | * |
| 2270 | * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie) |
| 2271 | * @req: cfg80211 request. |
| 2272 | */ |
| 2273 | struct ieee80211_scan_request { |
| 2274 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies; |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | /* Keep last */ |
| 2277 | struct cfg80211_scan_request req; |
| 2278 | }; |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | /** |
Arik Nemtsov | 8a4d32f | 2014-11-09 18:50:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters |
| 2282 | * |
| 2283 | * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from |
| 2284 | * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request |
| 2285 | * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode |
| 2286 | * @status: channel-switch response status |
| 2287 | * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received |
| 2288 | * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame |
| 2289 | * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame |
| 2290 | * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template |
| 2291 | * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb |
| 2292 | */ |
| 2293 | struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params { |
| 2294 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| 2295 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef; |
| 2296 | u8 action_code; |
| 2297 | u32 status; |
| 2298 | u32 timestamp; |
| 2299 | u16 switch_time; |
| 2300 | u16 switch_timeout; |
| 2301 | struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb; |
| 2302 | u32 ch_sw_tm_ie; |
| 2303 | }; |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | /** |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 9a95371 | 2009-01-22 15:05:53 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy |
| 2307 | * |
| 2308 | * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query |
| 2309 | * |
| 2310 | * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective |
| 2311 | * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private |
| 2312 | * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should |
| 2313 | * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this |
| 2314 | * is already used internally by mac80211. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | * |
| 2316 | * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy. |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 9a95371 | 2009-01-22 15:05:53 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | */ |
| 2318 | struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware |
| 2322 | * |
| 2323 | * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for |
| 2324 | * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device |
| 2325 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev) |
| 2327 | { |
| 2328 | set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev); |
| 2329 | } |
| 2330 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | /** |
Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | * |
| 2334 | * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for |
| 2335 | * @addr: the address to set |
| 2336 | */ |
Bjorn Andersson | 538dc90 | 2015-12-24 00:33:26 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr) |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | { |
| 2339 | memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN); |
| 2340 | } |
| 2341 | |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
| 2343 | ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | { |
Larry Finger | aa331df | 2012-04-06 16:35:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0)) |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | return NULL; |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx]; |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | } |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
| 2352 | ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 | { |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0) |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | return NULL; |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx]; |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | } |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
| 2361 | ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Felix Fietkau | 870abdf | 2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx) |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | { |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0) |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | return NULL; |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx]; |
Johannes Berg | 2e92e6f | 2008-05-15 12:55:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | } |
| 2368 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 6096de7 | 2011-11-04 11:18:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb |
| 2371 | * @hw: the hardware |
| 2372 | * @skb: the skb |
| 2373 | * |
| 2374 | * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure |
| 2375 | * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported. |
| 2376 | */ |
| 2377 | void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 | * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration |
Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware |
| 2383 | * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations. |
| 2384 | * |
| 2385 | * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given |
| 2386 | * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and |
Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL |
| 2388 | * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to |
| 2389 | * the station information for the peer for individual keys. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when |
| 2391 | * VLANs are configured for an access point. |
| 2392 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx |
| 2394 | * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf |
| 2395 | * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function. |
| 2396 | * |
| 2397 | * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if |
| 2398 | * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be |
| 2399 | * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the |
| 2400 | * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range. |
| 2401 | * |
Johannes Berg | fa7e1fb | 2015-01-22 18:44:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is |
| 2403 | * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if |
| 2404 | * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the |
| 2405 | * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software. |
| 2406 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed. |
| 2408 | * |
| 2409 | * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key |
| 2410 | * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any |
| 2411 | * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather |
| 2412 | * based on the receive flags. |
| 2413 | * |
| 2414 | * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key |
| 2415 | * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key() |
| 2416 | * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate |
| 2417 | * keys. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | * |
| 2419 | * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption |
| 2420 | * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key |
| 2421 | * handler. |
| 2422 | * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key. |
Lucas De Marchi | 25985ed | 2011-03-30 22:57:33 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did |
| 2425 | * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is |
Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16. |
Yoni Divinsky | de5fad8 | 2012-05-30 11:36:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | * |
| 2429 | * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index |
| 2430 | * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required |
| 2431 | * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses). |
Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | * DOC: Powersave support |
| 2436 | * |
| 2437 | * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations. |
| 2438 | * |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself, |
| 2440 | * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware |
| 2441 | * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode |
| 2442 | * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status. |
| 2443 | * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary, |
| 2444 | * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required |
| 2445 | * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when |
| 2446 | * it finds traffic directed to it. |
Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | * |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in |
| 2449 | * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused |
| 2450 | * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking |
Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 | * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it |
| 2452 | * back to sleep at appropriate times. |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | * |
| 2454 | * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the |
| 2455 | * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be |
| 2456 | * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame. |
Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | * |
| 2458 | * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also |
| 2459 | * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported |
| 2460 | * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and |
| 2461 | * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still |
Johannes Berg | 955394c | 2009-04-16 17:04:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle |
| 2463 | * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that. |
Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | * |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the |
| 2467 | * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a |
| 2468 | * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to |
| 2469 | * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when |
| 2470 | * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle |
| 2471 | * periods. |
| 2472 | * |
Bob Copeland | 2738bd6 | 2010-08-21 16:39:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS |
| 2475 | * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally, |
| 2476 | * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the |
| 2477 | * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support |
| 2478 | * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the |
| 2479 | * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value |
| 2480 | * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable |
| 2481 | * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS |
| 2482 | * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave. |
| 2483 | * |
| 2484 | * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling |
Johannes Berg | 848955c | 2014-11-11 12:48:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the |
Masanari Iida | e227867 | 2014-02-18 22:54:36 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS |
Kalle Valo | c99445b | 2010-01-14 13:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To |
| 2488 | * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames |
| 2489 | * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled. |
| 2490 | * |
| 2491 | * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with |
| 2492 | * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. |
Johannes Berg | 4be8c38 | 2009-01-07 18:28:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | */ |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | /** |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | * DOC: Beacon filter support |
| 2497 | * |
| 2498 | * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups |
Justin P. Mattock | 42b2aa8 | 2011-11-28 20:31:00 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly |
| 2501 | * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the |
| 2502 | * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That |
| 2503 | * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information |
| 2504 | * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed. |
| 2505 | * |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER |
| 2507 | * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support |
Johannes Berg | 955394c | 2009-04-16 17:04:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2508 | * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When |
| 2509 | * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the |
| 2510 | * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). |
| 2511 | * |
| 2512 | * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the |
| 2513 | * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call |
| 2514 | * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled |
| 2515 | * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future. |
| 2516 | * |
| 2517 | * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing |
| 2518 | * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211 |
| 2519 | * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense |
| 2520 | * that we want to see changes in them. This will include |
Jani Nikula | b4f7f4a | 2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | * |
Johannes Berg | 955394c | 2009-04-16 17:04:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | * - a list of information element IDs |
| 2523 | * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element |
| 2524 | * |
| 2525 | * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the |
| 2526 | * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense |
| 2527 | * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device |
| 2528 | * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all |
| 2529 | * vendor information elements. |
| 2530 | * |
| 2531 | * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information |
| 2532 | * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon. |
| 2533 | * |
| 2534 | * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing |
| 2535 | * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing |
| 2536 | * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and |
| 2537 | * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136, |
| 2538 | * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility |
| 2539 | * it could also include some currently unused IDs. |
| 2540 | * |
| 2541 | * |
| 2542 | * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the |
| 2543 | * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming |
| 2544 | * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of |
| 2545 | * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when |
| 2546 | * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above |
| 2547 | * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be |
| 2548 | * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement |
| 2549 | * them as the roaming algorithm requires. |
| 2550 | * |
| 2551 | * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to |
| 2552 | * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the |
| 2553 | * signal strength threshold checking. |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | */ |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 0f78231 | 2009-12-01 13:37:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save |
| 2558 | * |
| 2559 | * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve |
| 2560 | * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism |
| 2561 | * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009) |
| 2562 | * "11.2.3 SM power save". |
| 2563 | * |
| 2564 | * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames |
| 2565 | * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct |
| 2566 | * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the |
| 2567 | * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware |
| 2568 | * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by |
| 2569 | * hardware flags. |
| 2570 | * |
| 2571 | * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211 |
| 2572 | * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS |
| 2573 | * turned off otherwise. |
| 2574 | * |
| 2575 | * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate |
| 2576 | * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config() |
| 2577 | * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to |
| 2578 | * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP. |
| 2579 | */ |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | * DOC: Frame filtering |
| 2583 | * |
| 2584 | * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper |
| 2585 | * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when |
| 2586 | * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption, |
| 2587 | * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is |
| 2588 | * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible. |
| 2589 | * |
| 2590 | * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell |
| 2591 | * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be |
| 2592 | * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out. |
| 2593 | * |
Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast() |
| 2595 | * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list |
| 2596 | * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces. |
| 2597 | * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to |
| 2598 | * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the |
| 2599 | * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and |
| 2600 | * @total_flags with the new flag states. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | * |
| 2602 | * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will |
| 2603 | * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count |
| 2604 | * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted |
| 2605 | * or dropped. |
| 2606 | * |
Michael Buesch | d0f5afb | 2008-02-12 20:12:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared. |
| 2608 | * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_ |
| 2609 | * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore |
| 2610 | * the flag, but not clear it. |
| 2611 | * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the |
| 2612 | * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type |
| 2613 | * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it). |
| 2614 | * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware |
| 2615 | * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes |
| 2616 | * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them, |
| 2617 | * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag. |
| 2618 | * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | */ |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 4b801bc | 2011-09-29 16:04:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients |
| 2623 | * |
| 2624 | * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for |
| 2625 | * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD. |
| 2626 | * There currently is no support for sAPSD. |
| 2627 | * |
| 2628 | * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client |
| 2629 | * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time. |
| 2630 | * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but |
| 2631 | * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies |
| 2632 | * the driver code. |
| 2633 | * |
| 2634 | * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete |
| 2635 | * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set, |
| 2636 | * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for |
| 2637 | * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames. |
| 2638 | * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of |
| 2639 | * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't |
| 2640 | * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD. |
| 2641 | * |
| 2642 | * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the |
| 2643 | * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a |
| 2644 | * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is, |
| 2645 | * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is |
| 2646 | * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this |
| 2647 | * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to |
| 2648 | * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will |
| 2649 | * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The |
| 2650 | * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its |
| 2651 | * @sta_notify callback. |
| 2652 | * |
| 2653 | * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up, |
| 2654 | * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period. |
| 2655 | * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and |
| 2656 | * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When |
| 2657 | * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211 |
| 2658 | * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames |
| 2659 | * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit |
Johannes Berg | 02f2f1a | 2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |
Johannes Berg | 4b801bc | 2011-09-29 16:04:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only |
| 2662 | * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to |
| 2663 | * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have |
| 2664 | * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS. |
| 2665 | * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is |
| 2666 | * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer. |
| 2667 | * |
Johannes Berg | 02f2f1a | 2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by |
| 2669 | * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them. |
| 2670 | * |
Johannes Berg | 4b801bc | 2011-09-29 16:04:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi |
| 2672 | * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up |
| 2673 | * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being |
| 2674 | * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong |
| 2675 | * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be |
| 2676 | * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to |
| 2677 | * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can |
| 2678 | * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it |
| 2679 | * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames |
| 2680 | * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again |
| 2681 | * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked. |
| 2682 | * |
| 2683 | * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any |
| 2684 | * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is |
| 2685 | * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any |
| 2686 | * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up |
| 2687 | * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when |
| 2688 | * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service |
| 2689 | * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called |
| 2690 | * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are |
| 2691 | * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting |
| 2692 | * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames, |
Masanari Iida | e227867 | 2014-02-18 22:54:36 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if |
Johannes Berg | 4b801bc | 2011-09-29 16:04:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames |
| 2695 | * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the |
| 2696 | * buffers for those TIDs contain. |
| 2697 | * |
| 2698 | * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may |
| 2699 | * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must |
| 2700 | * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that |
| 2701 | * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid |
| 2702 | * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released |
Johannes Berg | e943789 | 2013-02-15 21:38:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 | * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp() |
Johannes Berg | 4b801bc | 2011-09-29 16:04:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 | * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway. |
| 2705 | * |
| 2706 | * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211 |
| 2707 | * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags |
| 2708 | * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) |
| 2709 | * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame. |
Johannes Berg | e943789 | 2013-02-15 21:38:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case. |
Johannes Berg | b77cf4f | 2014-01-09 00:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | * |
| 2712 | * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data |
| 2713 | * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as |
| 2714 | * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame |
| 2715 | * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed. |
Johannes Berg | 4b801bc | 2011-09-29 16:04:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | */ |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 3a25a8c | 2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | * DOC: HW queue control |
| 2720 | * |
| 2721 | * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static |
| 2722 | * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This |
| 2723 | * was problematic for a few reasons: |
| 2724 | * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames |
| 2725 | * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly |
| 2726 | * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames |
| 2727 | * |
| 2728 | * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all |
| 2729 | * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it |
| 2730 | * won't have the same problem with the software queues. |
| 2731 | * |
| 2732 | * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability |
| 2733 | * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do |
| 2734 | * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif |
| 2735 | * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will |
| 2736 | * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and |
| 2737 | * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors |
| 2738 | * the hardware queue. |
| 2739 | * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue |
| 2740 | * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.) |
| 2741 | * |
| 2742 | * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual |
| 2743 | * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to |
| 2744 | * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a |
| 2745 | * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have |
| 2746 | * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios: |
| 2747 | * |
| 2748 | * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3 |
| 2749 | * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7 |
| 2750 | * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8 |
| 2751 | * off-channel queue: 9 |
| 2752 | * |
| 2753 | * It would then set up the hardware like this: |
| 2754 | * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9 |
| 2755 | * |
| 2756 | * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows: |
| 2757 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0 |
| 2758 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1 |
| 2759 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2 |
| 2760 | * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3 |
| 2761 | * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE |
| 2762 | * and the second virtual interface with 4-7. |
| 2763 | * |
| 2764 | * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second |
| 2765 | * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC. |
| 2766 | * |
| 2767 | * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE |
| 2768 | * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the |
| 2769 | * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when |
| 2770 | * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode. |
| 2771 | */ |
| 2772 | |
| 2773 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 | * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags |
| 2775 | * |
| 2776 | * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be |
| 2777 | * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the |
| 2778 | * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested, |
| 2779 | * but this has negative impact on power consumption. |
| 2780 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested |
| 2782 | * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by |
| 2783 | * multicast address. |
| 2784 | * |
| 2785 | * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the |
| 2786 | * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them) |
| 2787 | * |
| 2788 | * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set |
| 2789 | * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them |
| 2790 | * |
| 2791 | * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate |
| 2792 | * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses |
| 2793 | * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing |
| 2794 | * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should |
| 2795 | * honour this flag if possible. |
| 2796 | * |
Johannes Berg | df14046 | 2015-04-22 14:40:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this |
| 2798 | * station |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | * |
| 2800 | * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes |
Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | * |
Jakub Kicinski | c2d3955 | 2015-06-02 21:10:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames |
Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | * |
| 2804 | * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | */ |
| 2806 | enum ieee80211_filter_flags { |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1, |
| 2808 | FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2, |
| 2809 | FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3, |
| 2810 | FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4, |
| 2811 | FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5, |
| 2812 | FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6, |
Igor Perminov | e3b90ca | 2009-08-04 16:48:51 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7, |
Johannes Berg | 7be5086 | 2010-10-13 12:06:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8, |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | }; |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | /** |
Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions |
| 2819 | * |
| 2820 | * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in |
| 2821 | * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed. |
Johannes Berg | 827d42c | 2009-11-22 12:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | * |
| 2823 | * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation |
| 2824 | * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by |
Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer |
Johannes Berg | 827d42c | 2009-11-22 12:28:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away! |
| 2827 | * |
Johannes Berg | 18b559d | 2012-07-18 13:51:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2828 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation |
| 2829 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation |
| 2830 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation |
Johannes Berg | b172023 | 2009-03-23 17:28:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational |
Johannes Berg | 18b559d | 2012-07-18 13:51:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting |
| 2833 | * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the |
| 2834 | * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(). |
| 2835 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets, |
| 2836 | * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call |
| 2837 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the |
| 2838 | * session is gone and removes the station. |
| 2839 | * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped |
| 2840 | * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and |
| 2841 | * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers |
| 2842 | * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called. |
Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | */ |
| 2844 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { |
| 2845 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START, |
| 2846 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP, |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START, |
Johannes Berg | 18b559d | 2012-07-18 13:51:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT, |
| 2849 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH, |
| 2850 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT, |
Johannes Berg | b172023 | 2009-03-23 17:28:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL, |
Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | }; |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | |
| 2854 | /** |
Sara Sharon | 50ea05e | 2015-12-30 16:06:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters |
| 2856 | * |
| 2857 | * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. |
| 2858 | * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session |
| 2859 | * @tid: tid of the BA session |
| 2860 | * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When |
| 2861 | * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the |
| 2862 | * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here. |
| 2863 | * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the |
| 2864 | * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or |
| 2865 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL |
| 2866 | * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU. |
| 2867 | * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL |
| 2868 | * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to |
| 2869 | * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START |
| 2870 | */ |
| 2871 | struct ieee80211_ampdu_params { |
| 2872 | enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action; |
| 2873 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| 2874 | u16 tid; |
| 2875 | u16 ssn; |
| 2876 | u8 buf_size; |
| 2877 | bool amsdu; |
| 2878 | u16 timeout; |
| 2879 | }; |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason |
| 2883 | * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll |
Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to |
| 2885 | * frame received on trigger-enabled AC |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | */ |
| 2887 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type { |
| 2888 | IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL, |
Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD, |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2890 | }; |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 8f727ef | 2012-03-30 08:43:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed |
| 2894 | * |
| 2895 | * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit |
Johannes Berg | e1a0c6b | 2013-02-07 11:47:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station |
| 2897 | * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 |
| 2898 | * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes. |
Johannes Berg | 8f727ef | 2012-03-30 08:43:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed. |
Antonio Quartulli | e687f61 | 2012-08-12 18:24:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer |
| 2901 | * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about |
| 2902 | * the peer. |
Johannes Berg | 0af83d3 | 2012-12-27 18:55:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed |
| 2904 | * by the peer |
Johannes Berg | 8f727ef | 2012-03-30 08:43:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | */ |
| 2906 | enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed { |
| 2907 | IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), |
| 2908 | IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1), |
Antonio Quartulli | e687f61 | 2012-08-12 18:24:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2), |
Johannes Berg | 0af83d3 | 2012-12-27 18:55:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3), |
Johannes Berg | 8f727ef | 2012-03-30 08:43:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | }; |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | /** |
Ilan Peer | d339d5c | 2013-02-12 09:34:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type |
| 2915 | * |
| 2916 | * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations, |
| 2917 | * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other |
| 2918 | * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa). |
| 2919 | * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC |
| 2920 | * operations compared to other operations/flows. |
| 2921 | * |
| 2922 | * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC. |
| 2923 | * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required |
| 2924 | * for sending managment frames offchannel. |
| 2925 | */ |
| 2926 | enum ieee80211_roc_type { |
| 2927 | IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0, |
| 2928 | IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX, |
| 2929 | }; |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | /** |
Eliad Peller | cf2c92d | 2014-11-04 11:43:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type |
| 2933 | * |
| 2934 | * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what |
| 2935 | * reconfiguration type was completed. |
| 2936 | * |
| 2937 | * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type |
| 2938 | * (also due to resume() callback returning 1) |
| 2939 | * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless |
| 2940 | * of wowlan configuration) |
| 2941 | */ |
| 2942 | enum ieee80211_reconfig_type { |
| 2943 | IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART, |
| 2944 | IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND, |
| 2945 | }; |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver |
| 2949 | * |
| 2950 | * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may |
| 2951 | * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure |
| 2952 | * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame. |
| 2953 | * |
| 2954 | * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame. |
| 2955 | * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header. |
| 2956 | * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on |
Johannes Berg | eefce91 | 2008-05-17 00:57:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should, |
Johannes Berg | 11127e9 | 2011-11-16 16:02:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately. |
Johannes Berg | 11127e9 | 2011-11-16 16:02:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | * Must be atomic. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | * |
| 2961 | * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware |
| 2962 | * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on |
| 2963 | * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.) |
| 2964 | * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace, |
| 2965 | * or zero. |
| 2966 | * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address |
| 2967 | * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device |
| 2968 | * is added. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | * |
| 2971 | * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware |
| 2972 | * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least |
| 2973 | * it must turn off frame reception.) |
| 2974 | * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2975 | * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| 2976 | * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | * |
Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 | * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and |
| 2980 | * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then |
| 2981 | * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is |
| 2982 | * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and |
| 2983 | * reconfigured at resume time. |
Johannes Berg | 2b4562d | 2011-07-02 00:02:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it |
| 2985 | * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only |
| 2986 | * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it |
| 2987 | * must return 1 from this function. |
Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | * |
| 2989 | * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is |
| 2990 | * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully |
| 2991 | * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is |
| 2992 | * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211 |
| 2993 | * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume. |
| 2994 | * |
Johannes Berg | d13e141 | 2012-06-09 10:31:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is |
| 2996 | * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is |
| 2997 | * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only |
| 2998 | * in suspend(). |
| 2999 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is |
Bob Copeland | e37d4df | 2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | * and @stop must be implemented. |
| 3003 | * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before |
| 3004 | * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the |
| 3005 | * interface is given in the conf parameter. |
| 3006 | * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a |
| 3007 | * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.) |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | * |
Johannes Berg | 34d4bc4 | 2010-08-27 12:35:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback |
| 3011 | * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be |
| 3012 | * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep. |
| 3013 | * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be |
| 3014 | * found by the interface iteration callbacks. |
| 3015 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down. |
| 3017 | * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface |
| 3018 | * and no monitor interfaces are present. |
| 3019 | * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware |
| 3020 | * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets, |
| 3021 | * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the |
| 3022 | * MAC address of the device going away. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | * |
| 3025 | * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this |
| 3026 | * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel. |
Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | * if it does. The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3029 | * |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS |
| 3031 | * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low |
| 3032 | * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters). |
| 3033 | * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless |
| 3034 | * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback |
| 3036 | * can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | * |
Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration. |
| 3039 | * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed |
| 3040 | * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic. |
| 3041 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3042 | * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter. |
| 3043 | * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | * This callback must be implemented and can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | * |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1b09b55 | 2015-08-15 22:39:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter. |
| 3047 | * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames |
| 3048 | * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination |
| 3049 | * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates |
| 3050 | * which flags are changed. |
| 3051 | * This callback can sleep. |
| 3052 | * |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 546c80c9 | 2008-08-14 11:43:20 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | * |
| 3056 | * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | * This callback is only called between add_interface and |
| 3058 | * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface |
Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | * is enabled. |
Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | * |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" |
| 3064 | * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers |
| 3065 | * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY. |
Kalle Valo | eb807fb | 2010-01-24 14:55:12 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | * The callback must be atomic. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | * |
Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the |
| 3069 | * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data |
| 3070 | * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter. |
| 3071 | * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify |
| 3072 | * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(). |
| 3073 | * |
Yoni Divinsky | de5fad8 | 2012-05-30 11:36:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for |
| 3075 | * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP |
| 3076 | * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it. |
| 3077 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start |
Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel |
Kalle Valo | 9050bdd | 2009-03-22 21:57:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's |
| 3081 | * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure |
Johannes Berg | de95a54 | 2009-04-01 11:58:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | * that power save is disabled. |
| 3083 | * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the |
| 3084 | * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these |
| 3085 | * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the |
| 3086 | * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable). |
| 3087 | * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; |
| 3088 | * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to |
| 3089 | * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | * |
Eliad Peller | b856439 | 2011-06-13 12:47:30 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan. |
| 3093 | * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible), |
| 3094 | * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call |
| 3095 | * ieee80211_scan_completed(). |
| 3096 | * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new |
| 3097 | * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended. |
| 3098 | * The callback can sleep. |
| 3099 | * |
Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at |
| 3101 | * specific intervals. The driver must call the |
| 3102 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results. |
| 3103 | * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called. |
| 3104 | * |
| 3105 | * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. |
Johannes Berg | 37e3308 | 2014-02-17 10:48:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called. |
Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | * |
Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan |
| 3109 | * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification. |
Johannes Berg | a344d67 | 2014-06-12 22:24:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR, |
| 3111 | * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it |
| 3112 | * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep. |
Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | * |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a |
| 3115 | * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need |
| 3116 | * this notification. |
| 3117 | * The callback can sleep. |
Michael Buesch | 80e775b | 2009-02-20 15:37:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 | * |
Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics. |
| 3120 | * Returns zero if statistics are available. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | * |
Johannes Berg | 9352c19 | 2015-04-20 18:12:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does |
| 3124 | * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the |
| 3125 | * IV/PN for the given key from hardware. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 | * The callback must be atomic. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | * |
Arik Nemtsov | f23a478 | 2010-11-08 11:51:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this |
Sara Sharon | f3fe4e9 | 2016-10-18 23:12:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the |
| 3130 | * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG |
| 3131 | * should be set as well. |
Arik Nemtsov | f23a478 | 2010-11-08 11:51:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 | * The callback can sleep. |
| 3133 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 | * |
Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 | * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station, |
| 3138 | * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. |
| 3139 | * |
| 3140 | * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated |
Johannes Berg | 6a9d1b9 | 2013-12-04 22:39:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback |
| 3142 | * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected; |
| 3143 | * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing |
| 3144 | * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. |
| 3145 | * This callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | * |
Sujith Manoharan | 77d2ece | 2012-11-20 08:46:02 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3147 | * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files |
| 3148 | * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback |
Johannes Berg | c7e9dbc | 2016-09-14 10:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 | * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This |
| 3150 | * callback can sleep. |
Sujith Manoharan | 77d2ece | 2012-11-20 08:46:02 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3151 | * |
Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an |
Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating |
| 3154 | * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag |
| 3155 | * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic. |
Christian Lamparter | 4571d3b | 2008-11-30 00:48:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | * |
Johannes Berg | f09603a | 2012-01-20 13:55:21 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a |
| 3158 | * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.) |
| 3159 | * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove. |
| 3160 | * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions |
Johannes Berg | 6a9d1b9 | 2013-12-04 22:39:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it |
| 3162 | * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace |
| 3163 | * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station. |
| 3164 | * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. |
| 3165 | * The callback can sleep. |
| 3166 | * |
| 3167 | * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU |
| 3168 | * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station |
| 3169 | * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear |
| 3170 | * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse |
| 3171 | * in @sta_state. |
Johannes Berg | f09603a | 2012-01-20 13:55:21 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 | * The callback can sleep. |
| 3173 | * |
Johannes Berg | 8f727ef | 2012-03-30 08:43:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be |
| 3175 | * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits |
| 3176 | * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected |
| 3177 | * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver |
| 3178 | * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since |
| 3179 | * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly. |
| 3180 | * Must be atomic. |
Johannes Berg | f815e2b | 2014-11-19 00:10:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 | * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This |
| 3182 | * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses |
| 3183 | * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic. |
Johannes Berg | 8f727ef | 2012-03-30 08:43:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | * |
Johannes Berg | 2b9a7e1 | 2014-11-17 11:35:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon |
| 3186 | * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so |
| 3187 | * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of |
| 3188 | * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not |
| 3189 | * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible. |
| 3190 | * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211. |
| 3191 | * The callback can sleep. |
| 3192 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max), |
Johannes Berg | fe3fa82 | 2008-09-08 11:05:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | * bursting) for a hardware TX queue. |
Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | * Returns a negative error code on failure. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently, |
Alina Friedrichsen | 3b5d665 | 2009-01-24 07:09:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3199 | * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a |
Alina Friedrichsen | 7b08b3b | 2009-02-05 17:58:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 | * required function. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 | * The callback can sleep. |
Alina Friedrichsen | 3b5d665 | 2009-01-24 07:09:59 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | * |
| 3203 | * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware. |
Johannes Berg | ad24b0d | 2013-07-05 11:53:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a |
Alina Friedrichsen | 7b08b3b | 2009-02-05 17:58:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | * required function. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | * |
Pedersen, Thomas | 354d381 | 2016-09-28 16:56:28 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 | * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the |
| 3209 | * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between |
| 3210 | * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up |
| 3211 | * as TSF delay. Is not a required function. |
| 3212 | * The callback can sleep. |
| 3213 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize |
| 3215 | * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This |
| 3216 | * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of |
| 3217 | * TSF synchronization. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us. |
| 3221 | * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is |
| 3222 | * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests. |
Bob Copeland | 6dd1bf3 | 2009-01-08 21:00:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 | * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3224 | * The callback can sleep. |
Ron Rindjunsky | d3c990f | 2007-11-26 16:14:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 | * |
Randy Dunlap | 4e8998f | 2010-05-21 11:28:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information |
| 3227 | * |
Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also |
| 3229 | * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration, |
| 3230 | * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback. |
Kalle Valo | e1781ed | 2009-12-23 13:15:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | * |
Lukáš Turek | 310bc67 | 2009-12-21 22:50:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified |
| 3234 | * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout |
Lorenzo Bianconi | a4bcaf5 | 2014-09-04 23:57:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 | * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout |
| 3236 | * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for |
| 3237 | * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep. |
Lukáš Turek | 310bc67 | 2009-12-21 22:50:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 | * |
David Spinadel | 52981cd | 2013-07-31 18:06:22 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3239 | * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may |
| 3240 | * be %NULL. The callback can sleep. |
Wey-Yi Guy | 71063f0 | 2011-05-20 09:05:54 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | a80f7c0 | 2009-12-23 13:15:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | * |
| 3243 | * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure |
Johannes Berg | 39ecc01 | 2013-02-13 12:11:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap |
| 3245 | * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces |
| 3246 | * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues. |
| 3247 | * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 77be2c5 | 2014-03-27 11:30:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | * Note that vif can be NULL. |
Johannes Berg | 39ecc01 | 2013-02-13 12:11:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | * The callback can sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | * |
| 3251 | * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel |
| 3252 | * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this |
| 3253 | * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate |
| 3254 | * completion of the channel switch. |
John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | * |
Bruno Randolf | 79b1c46 | 2010-11-24 14:34:41 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. |
| 3257 | * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may |
| 3258 | * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL |
| 3259 | * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). |
| 3260 | * |
| 3261 | * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). |
Johannes Berg | 4976b4e | 2011-01-04 13:02:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | * |
| 3263 | * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must |
| 3264 | * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note |
| 3265 | * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw |
| 3266 | * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted |
| 3267 | * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the |
| 3268 | * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call |
Johannes Berg | 196ac1c | 2012-06-05 14:28:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(). |
Johannes Berg | 196ac1c | 2012-06-05 14:28:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and |
| 3271 | * must be accepted in this case. |
| 3272 | * This callback may sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 4976b4e | 2011-01-04 13:02:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 | * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is |
| 3274 | * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep. |
John W. Linville | 38c0915 | 2011-03-07 16:19:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 | * |
| 3276 | * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes. |
| 3277 | * |
| 3278 | * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes. |
Vivek Natarajan | e8306f9 | 2011-04-06 11:41:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 | * |
| 3280 | * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware |
| 3281 | * queues before entering power save. |
Sujith Manoharan | bdbfd6b | 2011-04-27 16:56:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | * |
| 3283 | * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection |
| 3284 | * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled. |
| 3285 | * The callback can sleep. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See |
| 3287 | * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 6382246 | 2015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3288 | * The callback must be atomic. |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | * |
| 3290 | * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given |
| 3291 | * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for |
| 3292 | * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver |
| 3293 | * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD. |
Masanari Iida | e227867 | 2014-02-18 22:54:36 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than |
| 3296 | * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in |
| 3297 | * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the |
| 3298 | * more-data bit must always be set. |
| 3299 | * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames |
| 3300 | * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set. |
Johannes Berg | deeaee1 | 2011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the |
| 3302 | * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In |
| 3303 | * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag |
| 3304 | * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll |
| 3305 | * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple |
| 3306 | * responses for a retried PS-poll frame. |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be |
| 3308 | * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send |
| 3309 | * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for |
Johannes Berg | 47086fc | 2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 | * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the |
| 3311 | * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP |
Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function |
Johannes Berg | e943789 | 2013-02-15 21:38:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP. |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 | * This callback must be atomic. |
Johannes Berg | 40b9640 | 2011-09-29 16:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames |
| 3316 | * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211 |
| 3317 | * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames |
Johannes Berg | 02f2f1a | 2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set |
Johannes Berg | 40b9640 | 2011-09-29 16:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 | * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case |
| 3320 | * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder |
| 3321 | * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag |
| 3322 | * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP |
Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the |
Johannes Berg | e943789 | 2013-02-15 21:38:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function. |
Johannes Berg | 40b9640 | 2011-09-29 16:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the |
| 3326 | * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set. |
| 3327 | * This callback must be atomic. |
Ben Greear | e352114 | 2012-04-23 12:50:31 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3328 | * |
| 3329 | * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count. |
| 3330 | * |
| 3331 | * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats. |
| 3332 | * |
| 3333 | * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats |
| 3334 | * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets. |
| 3335 | * |
Johannes Berg | a1845fc | 2012-06-27 13:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association |
| 3337 | * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is |
| 3338 | * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated |
| 3339 | * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any |
| 3340 | * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's |
| 3341 | * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a |
| 3342 | * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the |
| 3343 | * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response |
| 3344 | * and to be able to synchronize with the GO. |
| 3345 | * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return |
| 3346 | * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away. |
| 3347 | * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep. |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | * |
Arik Nemtsov | ee10f2c | 2014-06-11 17:18:27 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 | * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending |
| 3350 | * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's |
| 3351 | * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS |
| 3352 | * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. |
| 3353 | * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS |
| 3354 | * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least |
| 3355 | * 2 * (DTIM period). |
| 3356 | * The callback is optional and can sleep. |
| 3357 | * |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation. |
Chaitanya T K | dcae9e0 | 2015-10-30 23:16:15 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3359 | * This callback may sleep. |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3360 | * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction. |
Chaitanya T K | dcae9e0 | 2015-10-30 23:16:15 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | * This callback may sleep. |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 | * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that |
| 3363 | * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same |
| 3364 | * channel context with different settings |
Chaitanya T K | dcae9e0 | 2015-10-30 23:16:15 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3365 | * This callback may sleep. |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound |
| 3367 | * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping. |
Chaitanya T K | dcae9e0 | 2015-10-30 23:16:15 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | * This callback may sleep. |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 | * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being |
| 3370 | * unbound from vif. |
Chaitanya T K | dcae9e0 | 2015-10-30 23:16:15 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | * This callback may sleep. |
Luciano Coelho | 1a5f0c1 | 2014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3372 | * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to |
| 3373 | * another, as specified in the list of |
| 3374 | * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according |
| 3375 | * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode. |
Chaitanya T K | dcae9e0 | 2015-10-30 23:16:15 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 | * This callback may sleep. |
Luciano Coelho | 1a5f0c1 | 2014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | * |
Johannes Berg | 1041638 | 2012-10-19 15:44:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3378 | * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the |
| 3379 | * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel |
| 3380 | * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses |
| 3381 | * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is |
| 3382 | * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being |
| 3383 | * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed. |
| 3384 | * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface. |
Johannes Berg | 9214ad7 | 2012-11-06 19:18:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | * |
Eliad Peller | cf2c92d | 2014-11-04 11:43:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and |
| 3387 | * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed. |
| 3388 | * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and |
| 3389 | * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames). |
| 3390 | * This callback may sleep. |
Johannes Berg | 8f21b0a | 2013-01-11 00:28:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 | * |
Johannes Berg | a65240c | 2013-01-14 15:14:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3392 | * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed. |
| 3393 | * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces. |
| 3394 | * This callback is optional; it must not sleep. |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 | * |
| 3396 | * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel. |
| 3397 | * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this |
| 3398 | * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be |
Luciano Coelho | 66e01cf | 2014-01-13 19:43:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get() |
| 3401 | * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is |
Luciano Coelho | 66e01cf | 2014-01-13 19:43:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 | * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish(). |
Luciano Coelho | 66e01cf | 2014-01-13 19:43:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called, |
| 3405 | * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway. |
Luciano Coelho | 6d027bc | 2014-10-08 09:48:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
| 3407 | * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA |
Masahiro Yamada | 9332ef9 | 2017-02-27 14:28:47 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3408 | * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing |
Luciano Coelho | 6d027bc | 2014-10-08 09:48:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | * the driver to prepare for the channel switch. |
Luciano Coelho | f1d6558 | 2014-10-08 09:48:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3410 | * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
| 3411 | * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the |
| 3412 | * driver to go back to a normal configuration. |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3413 | * |
Johannes Berg | 55fff50 | 2013-08-19 18:48:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3414 | * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all |
| 3415 | * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A |
| 3416 | * channel context is bound before this is called. |
| 3417 | * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again. |
Antonio Quartulli | cca674d | 2014-05-19 21:53:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | * |
| 3419 | * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the |
| 3420 | * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0 |
| 3421 | * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide. |
Felix Fietkau | 5b3dc42 | 2014-10-26 00:32:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | * |
| 3423 | * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration |
| 3424 | * and hardware limits. |
Arik Nemtsov | a7a6bdd | 2014-11-09 18:50:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3425 | * |
| 3426 | * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver |
| 3427 | * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations |
| 3428 | * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The |
| 3429 | * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of |
| 3430 | * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation. |
| 3431 | * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can |
| 3432 | * optionally copy the skb for further re-use. |
| 3433 | * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both |
| 3434 | * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. |
Arik Nemtsov | 8a4d32f | 2014-11-09 18:50:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3435 | * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or |
| 3436 | * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets |
| 3437 | * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue |
| 3438 | * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch |
| 3439 | * response template is provided, together with the location of the |
| 3440 | * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within |
| 3441 | * the function call. |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3442 | * |
| 3443 | * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue. |
Sara Sharon | f59374e | 2016-03-02 23:46:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3444 | * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a |
| 3445 | * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues |
| 3446 | * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action |
| 3447 | * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet. |
Ayala Beker | 708d50e | 2016-09-20 17:31:14 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | * |
| 3449 | * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one. |
| 3450 | * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster. |
Ayala Beker | 5953ff6 | 2016-09-20 17:31:19 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3451 | * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf |
| 3452 | * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters |
| 3453 | * are changed with respect to the last NAN config. |
| 3454 | * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since |
| 3455 | * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the |
| 3456 | * changed parameters. |
Ayala Beker | 167e33f | 2016-09-20 17:31:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in |
| 3458 | * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of |
| 3459 | * this call. |
| 3460 | * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call |
| 3461 | * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with |
| 3462 | * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | struct ieee80211_ops { |
Thomas Huehn | 36323f8 | 2012-07-23 21:33:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3466 | struct ieee80211_tx_control *control, |
| 3467 | struct sk_buff *skb); |
Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3470 | #ifdef CONFIG_PM |
| 3471 | int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan); |
| 3472 | int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
Johannes Berg | 6d52563 | 2012-04-04 15:05:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled); |
Johannes Berg | eecc480 | 2011-05-04 15:37:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3474 | #endif |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3475 | int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Johannes Berg | 34d4bc4 | 2010-08-27 12:35:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 | int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3478 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3480 | void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Johannes Berg | e897558 | 2008-10-09 12:18:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 | int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed); |
Johannes Berg | 471b3ef | 2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3484 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3485 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, |
| 3486 | u32 changed); |
Johannes Berg | b2abb6e | 2011-07-19 10:39:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | |
Johannes Berg | 1041638 | 2012-10-19 15:44:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 | int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 3489 | void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 3490 | |
Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Jiri Pirko | 22bedad3 | 2010-04-01 21:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 | struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list); |
Johannes Berg | 4150c57 | 2007-09-17 01:29:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 | void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3494 | unsigned int changed_flags, |
| 3495 | unsigned int *total_flags, |
Johannes Berg | 3ac64be | 2009-08-17 16:16:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | u64 multicast); |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1b09b55 | 2015-08-15 22:39:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3497 | void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3498 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3499 | unsigned int filter_flags, |
| 3500 | unsigned int changed_flags); |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3501 | int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3502 | bool set); |
Johannes Berg | ea49c35 | 2007-09-18 17:29:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd, |
Johannes Berg | dc822b5 | 2008-12-29 12:55:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
Johannes Berg | 11a843b | 2007-08-28 17:01:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key); |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 9ae4fda | 2008-03-20 15:06:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | b3fbdcf | 2010-01-21 11:40:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3508 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf, |
| 3509 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3510 | u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key); |
Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 | void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3512 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3513 | struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); |
Yoni Divinsky | de5fad8 | 2012-05-30 11:36:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3515 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx); |
Johannes Berg | a060bbf | 2010-04-27 11:59:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 | int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
David Spinadel | c56ef67 | 2014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 | struct ieee80211_scan_request *req); |
Eliad Peller | b856439 | 2011-06-13 12:47:30 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3519 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3521 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3522 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req, |
David Spinadel | 633e271 | 2014-02-06 16:15:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies); |
Johannes Berg | 37e3308 | 2014-02-17 10:48:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3525 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Johannes Berg | a344d67 | 2014-06-12 22:24:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 | void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3527 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3528 | const u8 *mac_addr); |
| 3529 | void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3530 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3531 | int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3532 | struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); |
Johannes Berg | 9352c19 | 2015-04-20 18:12:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3534 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, |
| 3535 | struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); |
Arik Nemtsov | f23a478 | 2010-11-08 11:51:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3536 | int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
Johannes Berg | 34e8950 | 2010-02-03 13:59:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 | int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3539 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| 3540 | int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3541 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
Sujith Manoharan | 77d2ece | 2012-11-20 08:46:02 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
| 3543 | void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3544 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3545 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3546 | struct dentry *dir); |
Sujith Manoharan | 77d2ece | 2012-11-20 08:46:02 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 | #endif |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
Johannes Berg | f09603a | 2012-01-20 13:55:21 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3551 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3552 | enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state, |
| 3553 | enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state); |
Johannes Berg | 6a9d1b9 | 2013-12-04 22:39:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3554 | void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3555 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3556 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
Johannes Berg | 8f727ef | 2012-03-30 08:43:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3557 | void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3558 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3559 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3560 | u32 changed); |
Johannes Berg | f815e2b | 2014-11-19 00:10:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3562 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3563 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
Johannes Berg | 2b9a7e1 | 2014-11-17 11:35:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3565 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3566 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3567 | struct station_info *sinfo); |
Eliad Peller | 8a3a3c8 | 2011-10-02 10:15:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | a3304b0 | 2012-03-28 11:04:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3569 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac, |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3570 | const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params); |
Eliad Peller | 37a41b4 | 2011-09-21 14:06:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 3572 | void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3573 | u64 tsf); |
Pedersen, Thomas | 354d381 | 2016-09-28 16:56:28 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3574 | void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3575 | s64 offset); |
Eliad Peller | 37a41b4 | 2011-09-21 14:06:11 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3576 | void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3577 | int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
Johannes Berg | 57eeb20 | 2017-01-13 11:12:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3578 | |
| 3579 | /** |
| 3580 | * @ampdu_action: |
| 3581 | * Perform a certain A-MPDU action. |
| 3582 | * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want |
| 3583 | * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through |
| 3584 | * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. |
| 3585 | * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver |
| 3586 | * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size |
| 3587 | * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the |
| 3588 | * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be |
| 3589 | * possible with a buf_size of 8: |
| 3590 | * |
| 3591 | * - ``TX: 1.....7`` |
| 3592 | * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1) |
| 3593 | * - ``TX: 8..1...`` |
| 3594 | * |
| 3595 | * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the |
| 3596 | * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be: |
| 3597 | * |
| 3598 | * - ``TX: 1 or`` |
| 3599 | * - ``TX: 18 or`` |
| 3600 | * - ``TX: 81`` |
| 3601 | * |
| 3602 | * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again. |
| 3603 | * |
| 3604 | * Returns a negative error code on failure. |
| 3605 | * The callback can sleep. |
| 3606 | */ |
Ron Rindjunsky | 1b7d03a | 2007-12-25 17:00:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Sara Sharon | 50ea05e | 2015-12-30 16:06:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3609 | struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params); |
Holger Schurig | 1289723 | 2010-04-19 10:23:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3610 | int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx, |
| 3611 | struct survey_info *survey); |
Johannes Berg | 1f87f7d | 2009-06-02 13:01:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
Lorenzo Bianconi | a4bcaf5 | 2014-09-04 23:57:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class); |
Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
David Spinadel | 52981cd | 2013-07-31 18:06:22 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 | int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3616 | void *data, int len); |
Wey-Yi Guy | 71063f0 | 2011-05-20 09:05:54 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb, |
| 3618 | struct netlink_callback *cb, |
| 3619 | void *data, int len); |
Johannes Berg | aff89a9 | 2009-07-01 21:26:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 | #endif |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 77be2c5 | 2014-03-27 11:30:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3621 | void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3622 | u32 queues, bool drop); |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3623 | void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Luciano Coelho | 0f791eb4 | 2014-10-08 09:48:40 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3625 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); |
Bruno Randolf | 15d9675 | 2010-11-10 12:50:56 +0900 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); |
| 3627 | int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); |
Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | |
| 3629 | int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Eliad Peller | 4988456 | 2012-11-19 17:05:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
Ilan Peer | d339d5c | 2013-02-12 09:34:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | int duration, |
| 3633 | enum ieee80211_roc_type type); |
Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
John W. Linville | 38c0915 | 2011-03-07 16:19:18 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx); |
| 3636 | void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3637 | u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max); |
Vivek Natarajan | e8306f9 | 2011-04-06 11:41:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
Sujith Manoharan | bdbfd6b | 2011-04-27 16:56:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3640 | const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); |
Emmanuel Grumbach | a818292 | 2015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3642 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3643 | const struct ieee80211_event *event); |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3644 | |
Johannes Berg | 40b9640 | 2011-09-29 16:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3645 | void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3646 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3647 | u16 tids, int num_frames, |
| 3648 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, |
| 3649 | bool more_data); |
Johannes Berg | 4049e09 | 2011-09-29 16:04:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3651 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 3652 | u16 tids, int num_frames, |
| 3653 | enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, |
| 3654 | bool more_data); |
Ben Greear | e352114 | 2012-04-23 12:50:31 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | |
| 3656 | int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3657 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset); |
| 3658 | void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3659 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3660 | struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data); |
| 3661 | void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3662 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3663 | u32 sset, u8 *data); |
Johannes Berg | a1845fc | 2012-06-27 13:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3664 | |
| 3665 | void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3666 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | |
Arik Nemtsov | ee10f2c | 2014-06-11 17:18:27 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3669 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 3670 | |
Michal Kazior | c3645ea | 2012-06-26 14:37:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3672 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
| 3673 | void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3674 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
| 3675 | void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3676 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx, |
| 3677 | u32 changed); |
| 3678 | int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3679 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3680 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
| 3681 | void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3682 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3683 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
Luciano Coelho | 1a5f0c1 | 2014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3685 | struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs, |
| 3686 | int n_vifs, |
| 3687 | enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode); |
Johannes Berg | 9214ad7 | 2012-11-06 19:18:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3688 | |
Eliad Peller | cf2c92d | 2014-11-04 11:43:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3690 | enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type); |
Johannes Berg | a65240c | 2013-01-14 15:14:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | |
| 3692 | #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6) |
| 3693 | void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3694 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3695 | struct inet6_dev *idev); |
| 3696 | #endif |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 | void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3698 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3699 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
Luciano Coelho | 6d027bc | 2014-10-08 09:48:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3701 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3702 | struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); |
Johannes Berg | 55fff50 | 2013-08-19 18:48:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | |
Luciano Coelho | f1d6558 | 2014-10-08 09:48:38 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3705 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 3706 | |
Johannes Berg | 55fff50 | 2013-08-19 18:48:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 3708 | void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Maxim Altshul | 2439ca0 | 2016-08-04 15:43:04 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3710 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
Felix Fietkau | 5b3dc42 | 2014-10-26 00:32:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 | int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3712 | int *dbm); |
Arik Nemtsov | a7a6bdd | 2014-11-09 18:50:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3713 | |
| 3714 | int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3715 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3716 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class, |
| 3717 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
Arik Nemtsov | 8a4d32f | 2014-11-09 18:50:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie); |
Arik Nemtsov | a7a6bdd | 2014-11-09 18:50:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3720 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3721 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
Arik Nemtsov | 8a4d32f | 2014-11-09 18:50:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 | void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3723 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3724 | struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params); |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3725 | |
| 3726 | void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3727 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); |
Sara Sharon | f59374e | 2016-03-02 23:46:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
Ayala Beker | 708d50e | 2016-09-20 17:31:14 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3729 | |
| 3730 | int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3731 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3732 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); |
| 3733 | int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3734 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Ayala Beker | 5953ff6 | 2016-09-20 17:31:19 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 | int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3736 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3737 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes); |
Ayala Beker | 167e33f | 2016-09-20 17:31:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3738 | int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3739 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3740 | const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); |
| 3741 | void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3742 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 3743 | u8 instance_id); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3744 | }; |
| 3745 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 | /** |
Ben Greear | ad28757 | 2014-10-22 12:23:01 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device |
| 3748 | * |
| 3749 | * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer |
| 3750 | * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. |
| 3751 | * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by |
| 3752 | * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as |
| 3753 | * @priv_data_len. |
| 3754 | * |
| 3755 | * @priv_data_len: length of private data |
| 3756 | * @ops: callbacks for this device |
| 3757 | * @requested_name: Requested name for this device. |
| 3758 | * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d) |
| 3759 | * |
| 3760 | * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. |
| 3761 | */ |
| 3762 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len, |
| 3763 | const struct ieee80211_ops *ops, |
| 3764 | const char *requested_name); |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | /** |
| 3767 | * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | * |
| 3769 | * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer |
| 3770 | * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. |
| 3771 | * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by |
| 3772 | * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as |
| 3773 | * @priv_data_len. |
| 3774 | * |
| 3775 | * @priv_data_len: length of private data |
| 3776 | * @ops: callbacks for this device |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3777 | * |
| 3778 | * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3779 | */ |
Ben Greear | ad28757 | 2014-10-22 12:23:01 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3780 | static inline |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, |
Ben Greear | ad28757 | 2014-10-22 12:23:01 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3782 | const struct ieee80211_ops *ops) |
| 3783 | { |
| 3784 | return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL); |
| 3785 | } |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3786 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | /** |
| 3788 | * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device |
| 3789 | * |
Johannes Berg | dbbea67 | 2008-02-26 14:34:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | * You must call this function before any other functions in |
| 3791 | * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you |
| 3792 | * need to fill the contained wiphy's information. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | * |
| 3794 | * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3795 | * |
| 3796 | * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3799 | |
Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | /** |
| 3801 | * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description |
| 3802 | * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec |
| 3803 | * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds |
| 3804 | * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) |
| 3805 | */ |
| 3806 | struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { |
| 3807 | int throughput; |
| 3808 | int blink_time; |
| 3809 | }; |
| 3810 | |
Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3811 | /** |
| 3812 | * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags |
| 3813 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio |
| 3814 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working |
| 3815 | * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one |
| 3816 | * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP |
| 3817 | */ |
| 3818 | enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { |
| 3819 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0), |
| 3820 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1), |
| 3821 | IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2), |
| 3822 | }; |
| 3823 | |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3824 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
Johannes Berg | f5c4ae0 | 2015-04-23 12:09:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3826 | const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3827 | const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3828 | const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3829 | const char * |
| 3830 | __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 3831 | unsigned int flags, |
| 3832 | const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, |
| 3833 | unsigned int blink_table_len); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | #endif |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | /** |
| 3836 | * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED |
| 3837 | * |
| 3838 | * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| 3839 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| 3840 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| 3841 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| 3842 | * |
| 3843 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3844 | * |
| 3845 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | */ |
Johannes Berg | f5c4ae0 | 2015-04-23 12:09:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3847 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | { |
| 3849 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| 3850 | return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw); |
| 3851 | #else |
| 3852 | return NULL; |
| 3853 | #endif |
| 3854 | } |
| 3855 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | /** |
| 3857 | * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED |
| 3858 | * |
| 3859 | * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| 3860 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| 3861 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| 3862 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| 3863 | * |
| 3864 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | * |
| 3866 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | */ |
Johannes Berg | f5c4ae0 | 2015-04-23 12:09:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | { |
| 3870 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| 3871 | return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw); |
| 3872 | #else |
| 3873 | return NULL; |
| 3874 | #endif |
| 3875 | } |
| 3876 | |
Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | /** |
| 3878 | * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED |
| 3879 | * |
| 3880 | * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| 3881 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| 3882 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| 3883 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| 3884 | * |
| 3885 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | * |
| 3887 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 | */ |
Johannes Berg | f5c4ae0 | 2015-04-23 12:09:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | { |
| 3891 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| 3892 | return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw); |
| 3893 | #else |
| 3894 | return NULL; |
| 3895 | #endif |
| 3896 | } |
| 3897 | |
Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3898 | /** |
| 3899 | * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED |
| 3900 | * |
| 3901 | * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| 3902 | * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| 3903 | * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| 3904 | * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| 3905 | * |
| 3906 | * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3907 | * |
| 3908 | * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3909 | */ |
Johannes Berg | f5c4ae0 | 2015-04-23 12:09:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3910 | static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
Ivo van Doorn | cdcb006 | 2008-01-07 19:45:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3911 | { |
| 3912 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| 3913 | return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw); |
| 3914 | #else |
| 3915 | return NULL; |
| 3916 | #endif |
| 3917 | } |
Michael Buesch | 47f0c50 | 2007-09-27 15:10:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3919 | /** |
Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3920 | * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger |
| 3921 | * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for |
Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags |
Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3923 | * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput |
| 3924 | * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table |
| 3925 | * |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3926 | * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are |
| 3927 | * configured) or the name of the new trigger. |
| 3928 | * |
| 3929 | * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3930 | */ |
Johannes Berg | f5c4ae0 | 2015-04-23 12:09:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3931 | static inline const char * |
Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3932 | ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, |
Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3933 | const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, |
| 3934 | unsigned int blink_table_len) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
Johannes Berg | 67408c8 | 2010-11-30 08:59:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, |
Johannes Berg | e1e5406 | 2010-11-30 08:58:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3938 | blink_table_len); |
| 3939 | #else |
| 3940 | return NULL; |
| 3941 | #endif |
| 3942 | } |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device |
| 3946 | * |
| 3947 | * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources |
| 3948 | * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem. |
| 3949 | * |
| 3950 | * @hw: the hardware to unregister |
| 3951 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3952 | void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3953 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3954 | /** |
| 3955 | * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor |
| 3956 | * |
| 3957 | * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the |
| 3958 | * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw() |
Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | * before calling this function. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | * |
| 3961 | * @hw: the hardware to free |
| 3962 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3964 | |
Johannes Berg | f2753dd | 2009-04-14 10:09:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 | /** |
| 3966 | * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely |
| 3967 | * |
| 3968 | * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason |
| 3969 | * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state |
| 3970 | * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware |
| 3971 | * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by |
| 3972 | * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all |
| 3973 | * internal state that it has prior to calling this function. |
| 3974 | * |
| 3975 | * @hw: the hardware to restart |
| 3976 | */ |
| 3977 | void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 3978 | |
Johannes Berg | 06d181a | 2014-02-04 20:51:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3979 | /** |
Johannes Berg | af9f9b2 | 2015-06-11 16:02:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3980 | * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context |
John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 | * |
Johannes Berg | af9f9b2 | 2015-06-11 16:02:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3982 | * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive |
| 3983 | * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a |
| 3984 | * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 |
| 3985 | * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory |
| 3986 | * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. |
| 3987 | * |
| 3988 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
| 3989 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to |
| 3990 | * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be |
| 3991 | * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| 3992 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
| 3993 | * |
| 3994 | * This function must be called with BHs disabled. |
| 3995 | * |
| 3996 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
Johannes Berg | d63b548 | 2016-03-31 20:02:02 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL |
Johannes Berg | af9f9b2 | 2015-06-11 16:02:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3998 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| 3999 | * @napi: the NAPI context |
John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | */ |
Johannes Berg | d63b548 | 2016-03-31 20:02:02 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 4002 | struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi); |
John W. Linville | 4e6cbfd | 2010-07-29 16:14:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4003 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4004 | /** |
| 4005 | * ieee80211_rx - receive frame |
| 4006 | * |
| 4007 | * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive |
Zhu Yi | e3cf8b3 | 2010-03-29 17:35:07 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a |
| 4009 | * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 |
| 4010 | * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory |
| 4011 | * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4012 | * |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4013 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to |
| 4015 | * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be |
Felix Fietkau | f6b3d85 | 2013-05-03 10:01:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4016 | * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| 4017 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4018 | * |
Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4019 | * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni(). |
Johannes Berg | d20ef63 | 2009-10-11 15:10:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4020 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4021 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| 4022 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4023 | */ |
Johannes Berg | af9f9b2 | 2015-06-11 16:02:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4024 | static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb) |
| 4025 | { |
Johannes Berg | d63b548 | 2016-03-31 20:02:02 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 | ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL); |
Johannes Berg | af9f9b2 | 2015-06-11 16:02:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4027 | } |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | |
| 4029 | /** |
| 4030 | * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame |
| 4031 | * |
| 4032 | * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4033 | * (internally defers to a tasklet.) |
| 4034 | * |
Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4035 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not |
Felix Fietkau | f6b3d85 | 2013-05-03 10:01:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4036 | * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with |
| 4037 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4038 | * |
| 4039 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| 4040 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | */ |
Johannes Berg | f1d58c2 | 2009-06-17 13:13:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4042 | void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4043 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4044 | /** |
Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4045 | * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context) |
| 4046 | * |
| 4047 | * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context |
| 4048 | * (internally disables bottom halves). |
| 4049 | * |
| 4050 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may |
Felix Fietkau | f6b3d85 | 2013-05-03 10:01:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4051 | * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| 4052 | * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | * |
| 4054 | * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| 4055 | * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| 4056 | */ |
| 4057 | static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4058 | struct sk_buff *skb) |
| 4059 | { |
| 4060 | local_bh_disable(); |
| 4061 | ieee80211_rx(hw, skb); |
| 4062 | local_bh_enable(); |
| 4063 | } |
| 4064 | |
Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4065 | /** |
| 4066 | * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta |
| 4067 | * |
| 4068 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS |
| 4069 | * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station |
| 4070 | * entering/leaving PS mode. |
| 4071 | * |
| 4072 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled. |
| 4073 | * |
| 4074 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against |
| 4075 | * each other. |
| 4076 | * |
Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4077 | * @sta: currently connected sta |
| 4078 | * @start: start or stop PS |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4079 | * |
| 4080 | * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set. |
Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4081 | */ |
| 4082 | int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start); |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | /** |
| 4085 | * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta |
| 4086 | * (in process context) |
| 4087 | * |
| 4088 | * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context |
| 4089 | * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still |
| 4090 | * applies. |
| 4091 | * |
| 4092 | * @sta: currently connected sta |
| 4093 | * @start: start or stop PS |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | * |
| 4095 | * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(). |
Arik Nemtsov | d057e5a | 2011-01-31 22:29:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4096 | */ |
| 4097 | static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 4098 | bool start) |
| 4099 | { |
| 4100 | int ret; |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | local_bh_disable(); |
| 4103 | ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start); |
| 4104 | local_bh_enable(); |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | return ret; |
| 4107 | } |
| 4108 | |
Johannes Berg | 46fa38e | 2016-05-03 16:58:00 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | /** |
| 4110 | * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received |
| 4111 | * @sta: currently connected station |
| 4112 | * |
| 4113 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, |
| 4114 | * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a |
| 4115 | * connected station was received. |
| 4116 | * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() |
| 4117 | * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must |
| 4118 | * be serialized. |
| 4119 | */ |
| 4120 | void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | /** |
| 4123 | * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received |
| 4124 | * @sta: currently connected station |
| 4125 | * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame |
| 4126 | * |
| 4127 | * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, |
| 4128 | * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame |
| 4129 | * from a connected station was received. |
| 4130 | * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() |
| 4131 | * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be |
| 4132 | * serialized. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 0aa419e | 2016-10-18 23:12:10 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown. |
| 4134 | * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC |
| 4135 | * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper |
| 4136 | * checks. |
Johannes Berg | 46fa38e | 2016-05-03 16:58:00 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | */ |
| 4138 | void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); |
| 4139 | |
Gertjan van Wingerde | d24deb2 | 2009-12-04 23:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4140 | /* |
| 4141 | * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions. |
| 4142 | * This is enough for the radiotap header. |
| 4143 | */ |
Felix Fietkau | f49e3a9 | 2018-02-10 13:20:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4) |
Gertjan van Wingerde | d24deb2 | 2009-12-04 23:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4145 | |
Kalle Valo | e36e49f | 2009-10-13 20:33:13 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4147 | * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames |
Randy Dunlap | bdfbe80 | 2011-05-22 17:22:45 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4148 | * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station |
Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames |
| 4150 | * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID |
Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4151 | * |
| 4152 | * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing |
Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 | * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need |
| 4154 | * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit. |
Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | * |
Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 | * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are |
| 4157 | * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data |
| 4158 | * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim |
| 4159 | * call! Beware of the locking!) |
| 4160 | * |
| 4161 | * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD) |
| 4162 | * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are |
| 4163 | * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes |
| 4164 | * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data, |
| 4165 | * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered |
| 4166 | * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP). |
| 4167 | * |
| 4168 | * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per |
| 4169 | * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since |
| 4170 | * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the |
| 4171 | * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that |
| 4172 | * use this API. |
Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 042ec45 | 2011-09-29 16:04:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4174 | void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 4175 | u8 tid, bool buffered); |
Felix Fietkau | dcf55fb | 2011-04-17 17:45:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4176 | |
| 4177 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4178 | * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet |
| 4179 | * |
| 4180 | * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support |
| 4181 | * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent |
| 4182 | * rate selection table for the station entry. |
| 4183 | * |
| 4184 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 4185 | * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent. |
| 4186 | * @skb: the frame to be transmitted. |
| 4187 | * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information |
| 4188 | * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch |
| 4189 | */ |
| 4190 | void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 4191 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 4192 | struct sk_buff *skb, |
| 4193 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest, |
| 4194 | int max_rates); |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | /** |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen | 484a54c | 2017-04-06 11:38:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4197 | * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station |
| 4198 | * |
| 4199 | * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput |
| 4200 | * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can |
| 4201 | * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station |
| 4202 | * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic |
| 4203 | * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause |
| 4204 | * slow stations to starve). |
| 4205 | * |
| 4206 | * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for. |
| 4207 | * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps. |
| 4208 | */ |
| 4209 | void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, |
| 4210 | u32 thr); |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4213 | * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback |
| 4214 | * |
| 4215 | * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been |
| 4216 | * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for |
| 4217 | * multicast frames but this can affect statistics. |
| 4218 | * |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
| 4220 | * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls |
Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4221 | * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() |
Felix Fietkau | f6b3d85 | 2013-05-03 10:01:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4222 | * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| 4223 | * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni(). |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4224 | * |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4225 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| 4226 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4227 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4228 | void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4229 | struct sk_buff *skb); |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4230 | |
| 4231 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | 5fe49a9 | 2017-04-26 17:11:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4232 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback |
| 4233 | * |
| 4234 | * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status |
| 4235 | * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not |
| 4236 | * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info. |
| 4237 | * |
| 4238 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized |
| 4239 | * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() |
| 4240 | * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. |
| 4241 | * |
| 4242 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| 4243 | * @status: tx status information |
| 4244 | */ |
| 4245 | void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4246 | struct ieee80211_tx_status *status); |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | f027c2a | 2014-11-19 20:08:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4249 | * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb |
| 4250 | * |
| 4251 | * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status |
| 4252 | * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to |
| 4253 | * specific skbs. |
| 4254 | * |
| 4255 | * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized |
| 4256 | * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() |
| 4257 | * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. |
| 4258 | * |
| 4259 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| 4260 | * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent |
| 4261 | * (NULL for multicast packets) |
| 4262 | * @info: tx status information |
| 4263 | */ |
Felix Fietkau | 5fe49a9 | 2017-04-26 17:11:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4264 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4265 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 4266 | struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) |
| 4267 | { |
| 4268 | struct ieee80211_tx_status status = { |
| 4269 | .sta = sta, |
| 4270 | .info = info, |
| 4271 | }; |
| 4272 | |
| 4273 | ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status); |
| 4274 | } |
Felix Fietkau | f027c2a | 2014-11-19 20:08:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4275 | |
| 4276 | /** |
Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4277 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) |
| 4278 | * |
| 4279 | * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. |
| 4280 | * |
| 4281 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and |
| 4282 | * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed |
| 4283 | * for a single hardware. |
| 4284 | * |
| 4285 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| 4286 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| 4287 | */ |
| 4288 | static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4289 | struct sk_buff *skb) |
| 4290 | { |
| 4291 | local_bh_disable(); |
| 4292 | ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); |
| 4293 | local_bh_enable(); |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | /** |
Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4297 | * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4298 | * |
| 4299 | * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context |
| 4300 | * (internally defers to a tasklet.) |
| 4301 | * |
Johannes Stezenbach | 20ed316 | 2010-11-30 16:49:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4302 | * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and |
| 4303 | * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4304 | * |
| 4305 | * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| 4306 | * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call |
Johannes Berg | 2485f71 | 2008-02-25 16:27:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4307 | */ |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4308 | void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4309 | struct sk_buff *skb); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4310 | |
| 4311 | /** |
Arik Nemtsov | 8178d38 | 2011-04-18 14:22:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4312 | * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station |
| 4313 | * |
| 4314 | * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding |
| 4315 | * connected STA. |
| 4316 | * |
| 4317 | * @sta: the non-responding connected sta |
| 4318 | * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response |
| 4319 | */ |
| 4320 | void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets); |
| 4321 | |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1af586c | 2014-05-09 14:11:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4322 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2 |
| 4323 | |
Arik Nemtsov | 8178d38 | 2011-04-18 14:22:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4324 | /** |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 6ec8c33 | 2014-05-09 14:11:49 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4325 | * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets |
| 4326 | * @tim_offset: position of TIM element |
| 4327 | * @tim_length: size of TIM element |
Luciano Coelho | 8d77ec8 | 2014-05-15 20:32:08 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4328 | * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets |
| 4329 | * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which |
| 4330 | * should be ignored. |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 6ec8c33 | 2014-05-09 14:11:49 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4331 | */ |
| 4332 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets { |
| 4333 | u16 tim_offset; |
| 4334 | u16 tim_length; |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1af586c | 2014-05-09 14:11:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4335 | |
| 4336 | u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM]; |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 6ec8c33 | 2014-05-09 14:11:49 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4337 | }; |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | /** |
| 4340 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function |
| 4341 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4342 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 4343 | * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will |
| 4344 | * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver. |
| 4345 | * |
| 4346 | * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to |
| 4347 | * obtain the beacon template. |
| 4348 | * |
| 4349 | * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the |
| 4350 | * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1af586c | 2014-05-09 14:11:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4351 | * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when |
| 4352 | * applicable, the CSA count. |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 6ec8c33 | 2014-05-09 14:11:49 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4353 | * |
| 4354 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. |
| 4355 | * |
| 4356 | * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. |
| 4357 | */ |
| 4358 | struct sk_buff * |
| 4359 | ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4360 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 4361 | struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs); |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | /** |
Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4364 | * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function |
| 4365 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4366 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4367 | * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset. |
| 4368 | * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). |
| 4369 | * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length, |
| 4370 | * (including the ID and length bytes!). |
| 4371 | * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). |
| 4372 | * |
| 4373 | * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 6ec8c33 | 2014-05-09 14:11:49 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4374 | * obtain the beacon frame. |
Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4375 | * |
| 4376 | * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in |
| 4377 | * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 6ec8c33 | 2014-05-09 14:11:49 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4378 | * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly |
| 4379 | * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt). |
Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4380 | * |
| 4381 | * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4382 | * |
| 4383 | * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. |
Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4384 | */ |
| 4385 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4386 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 4387 | u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length); |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 | /** |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4390 | * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function |
| 4391 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4392 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4393 | * |
Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4394 | * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4395 | * |
| 4396 | * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4397 | */ |
Johannes Berg | eddcbb9 | 2009-10-29 08:30:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4398 | static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4399 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
| 4400 | { |
| 4401 | return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL); |
| 4402 | } |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4403 | |
| 4404 | /** |
Andrei Otcheretianski | 1af586c | 2014-05-09 14:11:50 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4405 | * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter |
| 4406 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 4407 | * |
| 4408 | * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission. |
| 4409 | * This function is called implicitly when |
| 4410 | * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the |
| 4411 | * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this |
| 4412 | * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters. |
| 4413 | * |
| 4414 | * Return: new csa counter value |
| 4415 | */ |
| 4416 | u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 | /** |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4419 | * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch |
| 4420 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 4421 | * |
| 4422 | * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this |
Luciano Coelho | 66e01cf | 2014-01-13 19:43:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4423 | * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4424 | * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed. |
| 4425 | */ |
| 4426 | void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | /** |
Luciano Coelho | 66e01cf | 2014-01-13 19:43:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4429 | * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1 |
Simon Wunderlich | 73da7d5 | 2013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4430 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 4431 | * |
| 4432 | * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero. |
| 4433 | */ |
| 4434 | bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | /** |
Arik Nemtsov | 0294582 | 2011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4438 | * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template |
| 4439 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4440 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 4441 | * |
| 4442 | * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to |
| 4443 | * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller. |
| 4444 | * |
| 4445 | * Can only be called in AP mode. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4446 | * |
| 4447 | * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error. |
Arik Nemtsov | 0294582 | 2011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4448 | */ |
| 4449 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4450 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | /** |
Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4453 | * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template |
| 4454 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4455 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 4456 | * |
| 4457 | * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to |
| 4458 | * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct |
| 4459 | * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used. |
| 4460 | * |
| 4461 | * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the |
| 4462 | * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4463 | * |
| 4464 | * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error. |
Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4465 | */ |
| 4466 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4467 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | /** |
| 4470 | * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template |
| 4471 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4472 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Johannes Berg | e23090a | 2017-11-21 14:46:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4473 | * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set |
| 4474 | * if at all possible |
Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4475 | * |
| 4476 | * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to |
| 4477 | * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct |
| 4478 | * BSSID and address is used. |
| 4479 | * |
Johannes Berg | e23090a | 2017-11-21 14:46:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4480 | * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the |
| 4481 | * returned packet will be QoS NDP. |
| 4482 | * |
Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4483 | * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the |
| 4484 | * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4485 | * |
| 4486 | * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error. |
Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4487 | */ |
| 4488 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | e23090a | 2017-11-21 14:46:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4489 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 4490 | bool qos_ok); |
Kalle Valo | 7044cc5 | 2010-01-05 20:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4491 | |
| 4492 | /** |
Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4493 | * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template |
| 4494 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | a344d67 | 2014-06-12 22:24:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4495 | * @src_addr: source MAC address |
Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4496 | * @ssid: SSID buffer |
| 4497 | * @ssid_len: length of SSID |
Johannes Berg | b9a9ada | 2012-11-29 13:00:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4498 | * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs |
Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4499 | * |
| 4500 | * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to |
| 4501 | * hardware. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4502 | * |
| 4503 | * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. |
Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4504 | */ |
| 4505 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | a344d67 | 2014-06-12 22:24:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4506 | const u8 *src_addr, |
Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4507 | const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, |
Johannes Berg | b9a9ada | 2012-11-29 13:00:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4508 | size_t tailroom); |
Kalle Valo | 05e54ea | 2010-01-05 20:16:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4509 | |
| 4510 | /** |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4511 | * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function |
| 4512 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4513 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4514 | * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
| 4515 | * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4516 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4517 | * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame. |
| 4518 | * |
| 4519 | * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in |
| 4520 | * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| 4521 | * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible |
| 4522 | * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed. |
| 4523 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4524 | void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4525 | const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4526 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4527 | struct ieee80211_rts *rts); |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | /** |
| 4530 | * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame |
| 4531 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4532 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4533 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4534 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4535 | * |
| 4536 | * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide |
| 4537 | * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| 4538 | * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4539 | * |
| 4540 | * Return: The duration. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4541 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4542 | __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4543 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4544 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4545 | |
| 4546 | /** |
| 4547 | * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function |
| 4548 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4549 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4550 | * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
| 4551 | * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4552 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4553 | * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame. |
| 4554 | * |
| 4555 | * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in |
| 4556 | * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| 4557 | * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible |
| 4558 | * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed. |
| 4559 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4560 | void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4561 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4562 | const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4563 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4564 | struct ieee80211_cts *cts); |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 | /** |
| 4567 | * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame |
| 4568 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4569 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4570 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4571 | * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4572 | * |
| 4573 | * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide |
| 4574 | * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| 4575 | * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4576 | * |
| 4577 | * Return: The duration. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4578 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4579 | __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4580 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4581 | size_t frame_len, |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4582 | const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4583 | |
| 4584 | /** |
| 4585 | * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame |
| 4586 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4587 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Johannes Berg | d13e141 | 2012-06-09 10:31:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4588 | * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4589 | * @frame_len: the length of the frame. |
Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4590 | * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4591 | * |
| 4592 | * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its |
| 4593 | * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps). |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4594 | * |
| 4595 | * Return: The duration. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4596 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 32bfd35 | 2007-12-19 01:31:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4597 | __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4598 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Johannes Berg | 57fbcce | 2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4599 | enum nl80211_band band, |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4600 | size_t frame_len, |
Johannes Berg | 8318d78 | 2008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4601 | struct ieee80211_rate *rate); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4602 | |
| 4603 | /** |
| 4604 | * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames |
| 4605 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4606 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4607 | * |
| 4608 | * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If |
| 4609 | * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast |
| 4610 | * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host |
| 4611 | * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4612 | * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame. |
| 4613 | * |
| 4614 | * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered |
| 4615 | * frames are available. |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4616 | * |
| 4617 | * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was |
| 4618 | * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus |
| 4619 | * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns |
| 4620 | * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver |
| 4621 | * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to |
| 4622 | * use common code for all beacons. |
| 4623 | */ |
| 4624 | struct sk_buff * |
Johannes Berg | e039fa4 | 2008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4625 | ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4626 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4627 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 42d9879 | 2011-07-07 18:58:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4628 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32 |
| 4629 | * |
| 4630 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32. |
| 4631 | * |
| 4632 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| 4633 | * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for |
| 4634 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values |
| 4635 | */ |
| 4636 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| 4637 | u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4640 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4641 | * |
Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4642 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken |
| 4643 | * from the given packet. |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4644 | * |
| 4645 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4646 | * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted |
| 4647 | * with this P1K |
| 4648 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4649 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 42d9879 | 2011-07-07 18:58:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4650 | static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| 4651 | struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k) |
| 4652 | { |
| 4653 | struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data; |
| 4654 | const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control); |
| 4655 | u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]); |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k); |
| 4658 | } |
Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4659 | |
| 4660 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 8bca5d8 | 2011-07-13 19:50:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4661 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX |
| 4662 | * |
| 4663 | * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32 |
| 4664 | * and transmitter address. |
| 4665 | * |
| 4666 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| 4667 | * @ta: TA that will be used with the key |
| 4668 | * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for |
| 4669 | * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values |
| 4670 | */ |
| 4671 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| 4672 | const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 523b02e | 2011-07-07 22:28:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4675 | * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key |
| 4676 | * |
| 4677 | * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values |
| 4678 | * in the packet. |
| 4679 | * |
| 4680 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| 4681 | * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be |
| 4682 | * encrypted with this key |
| 4683 | * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes |
| 4684 | */ |
| 4685 | void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| 4686 | struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k); |
Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4687 | |
| 4688 | /** |
Eliad Peller | f8079d4 | 2016-02-14 13:56:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4689 | * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos |
| 4690 | * |
| 4691 | * @pos: start of crypto header |
| 4692 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| 4693 | * @pn: PN to add |
| 4694 | * |
| 4695 | * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of |
| 4696 | * the packet payload) |
| 4697 | * |
| 4698 | * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should |
| 4699 | * point to the crypto header) |
| 4700 | */ |
| 4701 | u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn); |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 3ea542d | 2011-07-07 18:58:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4704 | * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter |
| 4705 | * |
| 4706 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
Jouni Malinen | 00b9cfa | 2015-01-24 19:52:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4707 | * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
Johannes Berg | 3ea542d | 2011-07-07 18:58:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4708 | * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
| 4709 | * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. |
| 4710 | * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data |
| 4711 | * |
| 4712 | * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs |
| 4713 | * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done |
| 4714 | * by the device and not by mac80211. |
| 4715 | * |
| 4716 | * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing |
| 4717 | * can be done concurrently. |
| 4718 | */ |
| 4719 | void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| 4720 | int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 27b3eb9 | 2013-08-07 20:11:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4723 | * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter |
| 4724 | * |
| 4725 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
Jouni Malinen | 00b9cfa | 2015-01-24 19:52:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4726 | * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
Johannes Berg | 27b3eb9 | 2013-08-07 20:11:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4727 | * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
| 4728 | * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. |
| 4729 | * @seq: new sequence data |
| 4730 | * |
| 4731 | * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the |
| 4732 | * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK |
| 4733 | * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called |
| 4734 | * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211. |
| 4735 | * |
| 4736 | * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing |
| 4737 | * can be done concurrently. |
| 4738 | */ |
| 4739 | void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| 4740 | int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | /** |
| 4743 | * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key |
| 4744 | * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| 4745 | * |
| 4746 | * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the |
| 4747 | * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but |
| 4748 | * instead assumed to have been removed already. |
| 4749 | * |
| 4750 | * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently) |
| 4751 | * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().) |
| 4752 | */ |
| 4753 | void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | /** |
| 4756 | * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN |
| 4757 | * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on |
| 4758 | * @keyconf: new key data |
| 4759 | * |
| 4760 | * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new |
| 4761 | * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper |
| 4762 | * RX processing, so this function allows setting them. |
| 4763 | * |
| 4764 | * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will |
| 4765 | * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to |
| 4766 | * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an |
| 4767 | * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc. |
| 4768 | * |
| 4769 | * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware |
| 4770 | * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK |
| 4771 | * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver |
| 4772 | * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses |
| 4773 | * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part |
| 4774 | * of the reconfiguration. |
| 4775 | * |
| 4776 | * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() |
| 4777 | * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly. |
| 4778 | * |
| 4779 | * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware, |
| 4780 | * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases |
| 4781 | * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for |
| 4782 | * the key that's being replaced. |
| 4783 | */ |
| 4784 | struct ieee80211_key_conf * |
| 4785 | ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 4786 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); |
| 4787 | |
| 4788 | /** |
Johannes Berg | c68f4b8 | 2011-07-05 16:35:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4789 | * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying |
| 4790 | * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on |
| 4791 | * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association |
| 4792 | * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying |
| 4793 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
| 4794 | */ |
| 4795 | void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid, |
| 4796 | const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); |
| 4797 | |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 5d2cdcd | 2008-03-20 15:06:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4798 | /** |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4799 | * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue |
| 4800 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4801 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). |
| 4802 | * |
| 4803 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. |
| 4804 | */ |
| 4805 | void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | /** |
| 4808 | * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue |
| 4809 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4810 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). |
| 4811 | * |
| 4812 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. |
| 4813 | */ |
| 4814 | void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | /** |
Tomas Winkler | 92ab853 | 2008-07-24 21:02:04 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4817 | * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue |
| 4818 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4819 | * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). |
| 4820 | * |
| 4821 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4822 | * |
| 4823 | * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise. |
Tomas Winkler | 92ab853 | 2008-07-24 21:02:04 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4824 | */ |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 | int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 | /** |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4829 | * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues |
| 4830 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4831 | * |
| 4832 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. |
| 4833 | */ |
| 4834 | void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | /** |
| 4837 | * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues |
| 4838 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 4839 | * |
| 4840 | * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. |
| 4841 | */ |
| 4842 | void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 4843 | |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4844 | /** |
| 4845 | * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan |
| 4846 | * |
| 4847 | * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is |
| 4848 | * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify |
Johannes Berg | 8789d45 | 2010-08-26 13:30:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4849 | * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from |
| 4850 | * any context, including hardirq context. |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4851 | * |
| 4852 | * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan |
Avraham Stern | 7947d3e | 2016-07-05 15:23:12 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4853 | * @info: information about the completed scan |
Johannes Berg | 75a5f0c | 2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4854 | */ |
Avraham Stern | 7947d3e | 2016-07-05 15:23:12 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4855 | void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4856 | struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4857 | |
Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4858 | /** |
Luciano Coelho | 79f460c | 2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4859 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan |
| 4860 | * |
| 4861 | * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the |
| 4862 | * driver whenever there are new scan results available. |
| 4863 | * |
| 4864 | * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans |
| 4865 | */ |
| 4866 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | /** |
| 4869 | * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped |
| 4870 | * |
| 4871 | * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by |
| 4872 | * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task. |
| 4873 | * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan |
| 4874 | * while associating, for instance. |
| 4875 | * |
| 4876 | * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans |
| 4877 | */ |
| 4878 | void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4881 | * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags |
| 4882 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have |
| 4883 | * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware |
| 4884 | * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new |
| 4885 | * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they |
| 4886 | * haven't been re-added to the driver yet. |
| 4887 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all |
| 4888 | * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet. |
Arik Nemtsov | 3384d75 | 2015-03-01 09:10:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4889 | * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up). |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4890 | */ |
| 4891 | enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags { |
| 4892 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0, |
| 4893 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0), |
Arik Nemtsov | 3384d75 | 2015-03-01 09:10:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4894 | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1), |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4895 | }; |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | /** |
Arik Nemtsov | 3384d75 | 2015-03-01 09:10:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4898 | * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces |
| 4899 | * |
| 4900 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| 4901 | * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as |
| 4902 | * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep. |
| 4903 | * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
| 4904 | * |
| 4905 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| 4906 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
| 4907 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call |
| 4908 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| 4909 | */ |
| 4910 | void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, |
| 4911 | void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, |
| 4912 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| 4913 | void *data); |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | /** |
Randy Dunlap | 6ef307b | 2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4916 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces |
Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4917 | * |
| 4918 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| 4919 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. |
Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4920 | * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator |
| 4921 | * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can |
| 4922 | * be used. |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4923 | * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4924 | * |
| 4925 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4926 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4927 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call |
Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4928 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| 4929 | */ |
Arik Nemtsov | 3384d75 | 2015-03-01 09:10:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4930 | static inline void |
| 4931 | ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, |
| 4932 | void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, |
| 4933 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| 4934 | void *data) |
| 4935 | { |
| 4936 | ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw, |
| 4937 | iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE, |
| 4938 | iterator, data); |
| 4939 | } |
Johannes Berg | dabeb34 | 2007-11-09 01:57:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4940 | |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4941 | /** |
Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4942 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces |
| 4943 | * |
| 4944 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| 4945 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. |
| 4946 | * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, |
| 4947 | * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead. |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4948 | * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4949 | * |
| 4950 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4951 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4952 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
| 4953 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| 4954 | */ |
| 4955 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
Johannes Berg | 8b2c982 | 2012-11-06 20:23:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4956 | u32 iter_flags, |
Ivo van Doorn | 2f561fe | 2008-05-10 13:40:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4957 | void (*iterator)(void *data, |
| 4958 | u8 *mac, |
| 4959 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| 4960 | void *data); |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 | /** |
Johannes Berg | c7c7106 | 2013-08-21 22:07:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4963 | * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces |
| 4964 | * |
| 4965 | * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| 4966 | * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. |
| 4967 | * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL. |
| 4968 | * |
| 4969 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| 4970 | * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
| 4971 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
| 4972 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| 4973 | */ |
| 4974 | void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4975 | u32 iter_flags, |
| 4976 | void (*iterator)(void *data, |
| 4977 | u8 *mac, |
| 4978 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| 4979 | void *data); |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | /** |
Arik Nemtsov | 0fc1e04 | 2014-10-22 12:30:59 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4982 | * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations |
| 4983 | * |
| 4984 | * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given |
| 4985 | * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback |
| 4986 | * function for them. |
| 4987 | * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, |
| 4988 | * |
| 4989 | * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| 4990 | * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
| 4991 | * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| 4992 | */ |
| 4993 | void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 4994 | void (*iterator)(void *data, |
| 4995 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta), |
| 4996 | void *data); |
| 4997 | /** |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 42935ec | 2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4998 | * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| 4999 | * |
| 5000 | * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue. |
| 5001 | * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be. |
| 5002 | * |
| 5003 | * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for |
| 5004 | * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| 5005 | */ |
| 5006 | void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work); |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | /** |
| 5009 | * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| 5010 | * |
| 5011 | * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211 |
| 5012 | * workqueue. |
| 5013 | * |
| 5014 | * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for |
| 5015 | * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| 5016 | * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing |
| 5017 | */ |
| 5018 | void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5019 | struct delayed_work *dwork, |
| 5020 | unsigned long delay); |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 | /** |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5023 | * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. |
Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5024 | * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5025 | * @tid: the TID to BA on. |
Sujith Manoharan | bd2ce6e | 2010-12-15 07:47:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 5026 | * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) |
Randy Dunlap | ea2d8b5 | 2008-10-27 09:47:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5027 | * |
| 5028 | * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5029 | * |
| 5030 | * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate |
| 5031 | * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level |
| 5032 | * will be managed by the mac80211. |
| 5033 | */ |
Sujith Manoharan | bd2ce6e | 2010-12-15 07:47:10 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 5034 | int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, |
| 5035 | u16 timeout); |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5036 | |
| 5037 | /** |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5038 | * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5039 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5040 | * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
| 5041 | * @tid: the TID to BA on. |
| 5042 | * |
| 5043 | * This function must be called by low level driver once it has |
Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5044 | * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called |
| 5045 | * from any context. |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5046 | */ |
Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5047 | void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5048 | u16 tid); |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | /** |
| 5051 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session. |
Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5052 | * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5053 | * @tid: the TID to stop BA. |
Randy Dunlap | ea2d8b5 | 2008-10-27 09:47:03 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5054 | * |
Johannes Berg | 6a8579d | 2010-05-27 14:41:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5055 | * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5056 | * |
| 5057 | * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate |
| 5058 | * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level |
| 5059 | * will be managed by the mac80211. |
| 5060 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 6a8579d | 2010-05-27 14:41:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5061 | int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5062 | |
| 5063 | /** |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5064 | * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate. |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5065 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5066 | * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
| 5067 | * @tid: the desired TID to BA on. |
| 5068 | * |
| 5069 | * This function must be called by low level driver once it has |
Johannes Berg | 5d22c89 | 2010-06-10 10:21:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5070 | * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It |
| 5071 | * can be called from any context. |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5072 | */ |
Johannes Berg | c951ad3 | 2009-11-16 12:00:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5073 | void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
Ron Rindjunsky | 0df3ef4 | 2008-01-28 14:07:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5074 | u16 tid); |
| 5075 | |
Mohamed Abbas | 84363e6 | 2008-04-04 16:59:58 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5076 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5077 | * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station |
| 5078 | * |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5079 | * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5080 | * @addr: station's address |
| 5081 | * |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5082 | * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
| 5083 | * |
| 5084 | * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5085 | * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
| 5086 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5087 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
Johannes Berg | 17741cd | 2008-09-11 00:02:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5088 | const u8 *addr); |
| 5089 | |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5090 | /** |
Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5091 | * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5092 | * |
| 5093 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5094 | * @addr: remote station's address |
| 5095 | * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'. |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5096 | * |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5097 | * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
| 5098 | * |
| 5099 | * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5100 | * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
| 5101 | * |
Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5102 | * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get |
| 5103 | * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'. |
| 5104 | * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple |
| 5105 | * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another |
| 5106 | * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first). |
| 5107 | * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL |
| 5108 | * is not reliable. |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5109 | * |
Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5110 | * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible. |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5111 | */ |
Ben Greear | 686b9cb | 2010-09-23 09:44:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5112 | struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5113 | const u8 *addr, |
| 5114 | const u8 *localaddr); |
Johannes Berg | 5ed176e | 2009-11-04 14:42:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5115 | |
| 5116 | /** |
Johannes Berg | af81858 | 2009-11-06 11:35:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5117 | * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up |
| 5118 | * @hw: the hardware |
| 5119 | * @pubsta: the station |
| 5120 | * @block: whether to block or unblock |
| 5121 | * |
| 5122 | * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues |
| 5123 | * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before |
| 5124 | * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be |
| 5125 | * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected |
| 5126 | * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag. |
| 5127 | * |
| 5128 | * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free |
| 5129 | * manner. |
| 5130 | * |
| 5131 | * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames |
| 5132 | * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not |
| 5133 | * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call |
| 5134 | * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to |
| 5135 | * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the |
| 5136 | * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must |
| 5137 | * call this function again to unblock the station. That will |
| 5138 | * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if |
| 5139 | * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also |
| 5140 | * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver |
| 5141 | * will be notified that the station woke up some time after |
| 5142 | * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually |
| 5143 | * woke up while blocked or not. |
| 5144 | */ |
| 5145 | void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5146 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5149 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP |
| 5150 | * @pubsta: the station |
| 5151 | * |
| 5152 | * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell |
| 5153 | * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the |
| 5154 | * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead. |
| 5155 | * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD. |
| 5156 | * |
Johannes Berg | e943789 | 2013-02-15 21:38:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5157 | * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must |
| 5158 | * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function |
| 5159 | * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or |
| 5160 | * all non-irqsafe, don't mix! |
| 5161 | * |
| 5162 | * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no |
| 5163 | * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if |
| 5164 | * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history |
| 5165 | * and restore the _irqsafe version! |
Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5166 | */ |
Johannes Berg | e943789 | 2013-02-15 21:38:08 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5167 | void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); |
Johannes Berg | 37fbd90 | 2011-09-29 16:04:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5168 | |
| 5169 | /** |
Emmanuel Grumbach | 0ead251 | 2015-11-17 10:24:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5170 | * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP |
| 5171 | * @pubsta: the station |
| 5172 | * @tid: the tid of the NDP |
| 5173 | * |
| 5174 | * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close |
| 5175 | * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when |
| 5176 | * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window. |
| 5177 | * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a |
| 5178 | * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the |
| 5179 | * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to |
| 5180 | * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any |
| 5181 | * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong. |
| 5182 | * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame |
| 5183 | * will be sent despite the station being in power-save. |
| 5184 | * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames(). |
| 5185 | * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver |
| 5186 | * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call |
| 5187 | * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent. |
| 5188 | */ |
| 5189 | void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid); |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 830af02 | 2011-07-05 16:35:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5192 | * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device |
| 5193 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5194 | * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all |
| 5195 | * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key |
| 5196 | * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function |
| 5197 | * |
| 5198 | * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to |
| 5199 | * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into |
| 5200 | * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device |
| 5201 | * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due |
| 5202 | * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few |
| 5203 | * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep. |
Johannes Berg | f850e00 | 2011-07-13 19:50:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5204 | * |
| 5205 | * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order |
| 5206 | * in which they were originally installed and handed to the |
| 5207 | * set_key callback. |
Johannes Berg | 830af02 | 2011-07-05 16:35:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5208 | */ |
| 5209 | void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5210 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5211 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5212 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5213 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 5214 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, |
| 5215 | void *data), |
| 5216 | void *iter_data); |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 | /** |
Eliad Peller | ef04476 | 2015-11-17 10:24:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5219 | * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device |
| 5220 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5221 | * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all |
| 5222 | * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key |
| 5223 | * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function |
| 5224 | * |
| 5225 | * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to |
| 5226 | * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into |
| 5227 | * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station |
| 5228 | * in removal process will be skipped. |
| 5229 | * |
| 5230 | * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section, |
| 5231 | * and thus iter must be atomic. |
| 5232 | */ |
| 5233 | void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5234 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5235 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5236 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5237 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 5238 | struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, |
| 5239 | void *data), |
| 5240 | void *iter_data); |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 3448c00 | 2012-09-11 17:57:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5243 | * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts |
| 5244 | * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 5245 | * @iter: iterator function |
| 5246 | * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function |
| 5247 | * |
| 5248 | * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and |
| 5249 | * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other |
| 5250 | * places while calling into the driver. |
| 5251 | * |
| 5252 | * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during |
| 5253 | * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being |
| 5254 | * removed. |
Johannes Berg | 8a61af6 | 2012-12-13 17:42:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5255 | * |
| 5256 | * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed |
| 5257 | * before the restart are considered already present so will be |
| 5258 | * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already |
| 5259 | * or not. |
Johannes Berg | 3448c00 | 2012-09-11 17:57:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5260 | */ |
| 5261 | void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic( |
| 5262 | struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5263 | void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5264 | struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf, |
| 5265 | void *data), |
| 5266 | void *iter_data); |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | /** |
Juuso Oikarinen | a619a4c | 2010-11-11 08:50:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5269 | * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template |
| 5270 | * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| 5271 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5272 | * |
| 5273 | * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to |
| 5274 | * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate |
| 5275 | * information. This function must only be called from within the |
| 5276 | * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function |
| 5277 | * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5278 | * %NULL. |
| 5279 | * |
| 5280 | * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. |
Juuso Oikarinen | a619a4c | 2010-11-11 08:50:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5281 | */ |
| 5282 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5283 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | /** |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5286 | * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons |
| 5287 | * |
Johannes Berg | 1ed32e4 | 2009-12-23 13:15:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5288 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5289 | * |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5290 | * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and |
Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5291 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the |
Kalle Valo | 04de838 | 2009-03-22 21:57:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5292 | * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function. |
| 5293 | */ |
| 5294 | void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5295 | |
Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5296 | /** |
| 5297 | * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP |
| 5298 | * |
| 5299 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5300 | * |
Johannes Berg | c1288b1 | 2012-01-19 09:29:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5301 | * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and |
Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5302 | * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver |
| 5303 | * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost. |
Johannes Berg | 682bd38 | 2013-01-29 13:13:50 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5304 | * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated |
| 5305 | * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set. |
Juuso Oikarinen | 1e4dcd0 | 2010-03-19 07:14:53 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5306 | * |
| 5307 | * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state, |
| 5308 | * without connection recovery attempts. |
| 5309 | */ |
| 5310 | void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 5311 | |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5312 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 95acac6 | 2011-07-12 12:30:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5313 | * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume |
| 5314 | * |
| 5315 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5316 | * |
| 5317 | * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume. |
| 5318 | * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the |
| 5319 | * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were |
| 5320 | * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or |
| 5321 | * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume. |
| 5322 | * |
| 5323 | * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses |
| 5324 | * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface |
| 5325 | * will still be added as associated first during resume and then |
| 5326 | * disconnect normally later. |
| 5327 | * |
| 5328 | * This function can only be called from the resume callback and |
| 5329 | * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it |
| 5330 | * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the |
| 5331 | * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto). |
| 5332 | */ |
| 5333 | void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | /** |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5336 | * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring |
| 5337 | * rssi threshold triggered |
| 5338 | * |
| 5339 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5340 | * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type |
Andrzej Zaborowski | 769f07d | 2017-01-25 12:43:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5341 | * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5342 | * @gfp: context flags |
| 5343 | * |
Johannes Berg | ea08635 | 2012-01-19 09:29:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5344 | * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5345 | * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform |
| 5346 | * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold. |
| 5347 | */ |
| 5348 | void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5349 | enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, |
Andrzej Zaborowski | 769f07d | 2017-01-25 12:43:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5350 | s32 rssi_level, |
Juuso Oikarinen | a97c13c | 2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5351 | gfp_t gfp); |
| 5352 | |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5353 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 98f0334 | 2014-11-26 12:42:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5354 | * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss |
| 5355 | * |
| 5356 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5357 | * @gfp: context flags |
| 5358 | */ |
| 5359 | void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp); |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | /** |
Simon Wunderlich | 164eb02 | 2013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5362 | * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected |
| 5363 | * |
| 5364 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5365 | */ |
| 5366 | void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 5ce6e43 | 2010-05-11 16:20:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5369 | * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process |
| 5370 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5371 | * @success: make the channel switch successful or not |
| 5372 | * |
| 5373 | * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel |
| 5374 | * and wake up the suspended queues. |
| 5375 | */ |
| 5376 | void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success); |
| 5377 | |
Johannes Berg | d1f5b7a | 2010-08-05 17:05:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5378 | /** |
| 5379 | * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition |
| 5380 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
Johannes Berg | 633dd1e | 2010-08-18 15:01:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5381 | * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode |
Johannes Berg | d1f5b7a | 2010-08-05 17:05:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5382 | * |
| 5383 | * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed |
| 5384 | * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than |
| 5385 | * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth. |
| 5386 | */ |
| 5387 | void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5388 | enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode); |
| 5389 | |
Johannes Berg | e31b821 | 2010-10-05 19:39:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5390 | /** |
Johannes Berg | 21f8358 | 2010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5391 | * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start |
| 5392 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5393 | */ |
| 5394 | void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | /** |
| 5397 | * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired |
| 5398 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5399 | */ |
| 5400 | void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| 5401 | |
Shahar Levi | f41ccd7 | 2011-05-22 16:10:21 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 5402 | /** |
| 5403 | * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions |
| 5404 | * |
| 5405 | * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device |
| 5406 | * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba |
| 5407 | * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs |
| 5408 | * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)." |
| 5409 | * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and |
| 5410 | * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation. |
| 5411 | * |
| 5412 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5413 | * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid |
| 5414 | * @addr: & to bssid mac address |
| 5415 | */ |
| 5416 | void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap, |
| 5417 | const u8 *addr); |
| 5418 | |
Felix Fietkau | 8c77124 | 2011-08-20 15:53:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5419 | /** |
Sara Sharon | 06470f7 | 2016-01-28 16:19:25 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5420 | * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered |
| 5421 | * @pubsta: station struct |
| 5422 | * @tid: the session's TID |
| 5423 | * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are |
| 5424 | * assumed to be out of the window after the call |
| 5425 | * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc. |
| 5426 | * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware |
| 5427 | * |
| 5428 | * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and |
| 5429 | * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it |
| 5430 | * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released |
| 5431 | * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.) |
| 5432 | */ |
| 5433 | void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid, |
| 5434 | u16 ssn, u64 filtered, |
| 5435 | u16 received_mpdus); |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | 8c77124 | 2011-08-20 15:53:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5438 | * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame |
| 5439 | * |
| 5440 | * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder |
| 5441 | * buffer. |
| 5442 | * |
| 5443 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5444 | * @ra: the peer's destination address |
| 5445 | * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session |
| 5446 | * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver |
| 5447 | */ |
| 5448 | void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn); |
| 5449 | |
Johannes Berg | 699cb58 | 2017-05-30 16:34:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5450 | void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr, |
| 5451 | unsigned int bit); |
| 5452 | |
Michal Kazior | 08cf42e | 2014-07-16 12:12:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5453 | /** |
| 5454 | * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session |
| 5455 | * |
| 5456 | * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including |
| 5457 | * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx |
| 5458 | * reordering. |
| 5459 | * |
| 5460 | * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here |
| 5461 | * when they complete AddBa negotiation. |
| 5462 | * |
| 5463 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| 5464 | * @addr: station mac address |
| 5465 | * @tid: the rx tid |
| 5466 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 699cb58 | 2017-05-30 16:34:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5467 | static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5468 | const u8 *addr, u16 tid) |
| 5469 | { |
| 5470 | if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) |
| 5471 | return; |
| 5472 | ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid); |
| 5473 | } |
Michal Kazior | 08cf42e | 2014-07-16 12:12:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5474 | |
| 5475 | /** |
| 5476 | * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session |
| 5477 | * |
| 5478 | * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including |
| 5479 | * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx |
| 5480 | * reordering. |
| 5481 | * |
| 5482 | * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here |
| 5483 | * when they complete DelBa negotiation. |
| 5484 | * |
| 5485 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| 5486 | * @addr: station mac address |
| 5487 | * @tid: the rx tid |
| 5488 | */ |
Johannes Berg | 699cb58 | 2017-05-30 16:34:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5489 | static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5490 | const u8 *addr, u16 tid) |
| 5491 | { |
| 5492 | if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) |
| 5493 | return; |
| 5494 | ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS); |
| 5495 | } |
Michal Kazior | 08cf42e | 2014-07-16 12:12:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5496 | |
Naftali Goldstein | 04c2cf3 | 2017-07-11 10:07:25 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 5497 | /** |
| 5498 | * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout |
| 5499 | * |
| 5500 | * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx |
| 5501 | * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer. |
| 5502 | * |
| 5503 | * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa. |
| 5504 | * |
| 5505 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| 5506 | * @addr: station mac address |
| 5507 | * @tid: the rx tid |
| 5508 | */ |
| 5509 | void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5510 | const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid); |
| 5511 | |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5512 | /* Rate control API */ |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5513 | |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5514 | /** |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5515 | * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5516 | * |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5517 | * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for. |
| 5518 | * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on. |
| 5519 | * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration |
Simon Wunderlich | f44d4eb | 2012-03-07 21:31:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5520 | * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs |
| 5521 | * to be filled in |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5522 | * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate |
| 5523 | * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and |
| 5524 | * used for rate calculations in the mesh network. |
| 5525 | * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the |
| 5526 | * RTS threshold |
| 5527 | * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission |
| 5528 | * if the selected rate supports it |
Simon Wunderlich | f44d4eb | 2012-03-07 21:31:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5529 | * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask |
Felix Fietkau | 2ffbe6d | 2013-04-16 13:38:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5530 | * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use) |
Felix Fietkau | 8f0729b | 2010-11-11 15:07:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5531 | * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5532 | */ |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5533 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { |
| 5534 | struct ieee80211_hw *hw; |
| 5535 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband; |
| 5536 | struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; |
| 5537 | struct sk_buff *skb; |
| 5538 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate; |
| 5539 | bool rts, short_preamble; |
Jouni Malinen | 37eb0b1 | 2010-01-06 13:09:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5540 | u32 rate_idx_mask; |
Felix Fietkau | 2ffbe6d | 2013-04-16 13:38:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5541 | u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask; |
Felix Fietkau | 8f0729b | 2010-11-11 15:07:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5542 | bool bss; |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5543 | }; |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | struct rate_control_ops { |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5546 | const char *name; |
| 5547 | void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5548 | void (*free)(void *priv); |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp); |
| 5551 | void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
Simon Wunderlich | 3de805c | 2013-07-08 16:55:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5552 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5553 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta); |
Sujith | 81cb762 | 2009-02-12 11:38:37 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 5554 | void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
Simon Wunderlich | 3de805c | 2013-07-08 16:55:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5555 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
Johannes Berg | 64f68e5 | 2012-03-28 10:58:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5556 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
| 5557 | u32 changed); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5558 | void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 5559 | void *priv_sta); |
| 5560 | |
Felix Fietkau | 18fb84d | 2017-04-26 17:11:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5561 | void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv, |
| 5562 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| 5563 | void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5564 | void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| 5565 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
| 5566 | struct sk_buff *skb); |
Johannes Berg | e6a9854 | 2008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5567 | void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
| 5568 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5569 | |
| 5570 | void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta, |
| 5571 | struct dentry *dir); |
| 5572 | void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta); |
Antonio Quartulli | cca674d | 2014-05-19 21:53:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5573 | |
| 5574 | u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5575 | }; |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
Johannes Berg | 57fbcce | 2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5578 | enum nl80211_band band, |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5579 | int index) |
| 5580 | { |
| 5581 | return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index)); |
| 5582 | } |
| 5583 | |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 4c6d4f5 | 2009-07-16 10:05:41 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5584 | /** |
| 5585 | * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames |
| 5586 | * |
| 5587 | * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to |
| 5588 | * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw |
| 5589 | * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate |
| 5590 | * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return. |
| 5591 | * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is |
| 5592 | * not null. |
| 5593 | * |
| 5594 | * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of |
| 5595 | * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this. |
| 5596 | * |
| 5597 | * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note |
| 5598 | * that this may be null. |
| 5599 | * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null. |
| 5600 | * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211. |
| 5601 | */ |
| 5602 | bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| 5603 | void *priv_sta, |
| 5604 | struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 | |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5607 | static inline s8 |
| 5608 | rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| 5609 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta) |
| 5610 | { |
| 5611 | int i; |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) |
| 5614 | if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) |
| 5615 | return i; |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */ |
Johannes Berg | 54d5026 | 2011-11-04 18:07:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5618 | WARN_ON_ONCE(1); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5619 | |
Johannes Berg | 54d5026 | 2011-11-04 18:07:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5620 | /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */ |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5621 | return 0; |
| 5622 | } |
| 5623 | |
Luis R. Rodriguez | b770b43 | 2009-07-16 10:15:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5624 | static inline |
| 5625 | bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| 5626 | struct ieee80211_sta *sta) |
| 5627 | { |
| 5628 | unsigned int i; |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) |
| 5631 | if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) |
| 5632 | return true; |
| 5633 | return false; |
| 5634 | } |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5635 | |
Felix Fietkau | 0d528d8 | 2013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5636 | /** |
| 5637 | * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver |
| 5638 | * |
| 5639 | * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass |
| 5640 | * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station |
| 5641 | * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on |
| 5642 | * the most recent rate control module decision. |
| 5643 | * |
| 5644 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5645 | * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. |
| 5646 | * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station. |
| 5647 | */ |
| 5648 | int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5649 | struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, |
| 5650 | struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates); |
| 5651 | |
Johannes Berg | 631ad70 | 2014-01-20 23:29:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5652 | int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); |
| 5653 | void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); |
Johannes Berg | 4b7679a | 2008-09-18 18:14:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5654 | |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5655 | static inline bool |
| 5656 | conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| 5657 | { |
Karl Beldan | 675a0b0 | 2013-03-25 16:26:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5658 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20; |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5659 | } |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | static inline bool |
| 5662 | conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| 5663 | { |
Karl Beldan | 675a0b0 | 2013-03-25 16:26:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5664 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
| 5665 | conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5666 | } |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | static inline bool |
| 5669 | conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| 5670 | { |
Karl Beldan | 675a0b0 | 2013-03-25 16:26:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5671 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
| 5672 | conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5673 | } |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | static inline bool |
| 5676 | conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| 5677 | { |
Karl Beldan | 675a0b0 | 2013-03-25 16:26:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5678 | return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40; |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5679 | } |
| 5680 | |
| 5681 | static inline bool |
| 5682 | conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| 5683 | { |
Rostislav Lisovy | 041f607 | 2014-04-02 15:31:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5684 | return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) && |
| 5685 | (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) && |
| 5686 | (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT); |
Luis R. Rodriguez | 10c806b | 2008-12-23 15:58:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 5687 | } |
| 5688 | |
Johannes Berg | 2ca27bc | 2010-09-16 14:58:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5689 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype |
| 5690 | ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p) |
| 5691 | { |
| 5692 | if (p2p) { |
| 5693 | switch (type) { |
| 5694 | case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: |
| 5695 | return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT; |
| 5696 | case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: |
| 5697 | return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO; |
| 5698 | default: |
| 5699 | break; |
| 5700 | } |
| 5701 | } |
| 5702 | return type; |
| 5703 | } |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 | static inline enum nl80211_iftype |
| 5706 | ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
| 5707 | { |
| 5708 | return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p); |
| 5709 | } |
| 5710 | |
Sara Sharon | 65554d0 | 2016-02-16 12:48:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5711 | /** |
| 5712 | * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data |
| 5713 | * |
| 5714 | * @vif: the specified virtual interface |
| 5715 | * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group |
| 5716 | * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group |
| 5717 | * |
| 5718 | * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and |
| 5719 | * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the |
| 5720 | * matching GroupId management frame. |
| 5721 | * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path. |
| 5722 | */ |
| 5723 | void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5724 | const u8 *membership, const u8 *position); |
| 5725 | |
Meenakshi Venkataraman | 615f7b9 | 2011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5726 | void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5727 | int rssi_min_thold, |
| 5728 | int rssi_max_thold); |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
Arik Nemtsov | 768db34 | 2011-09-28 14:12:51 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 5731 | |
Wey-Yi Guy | 0d8a0a1 | 2012-04-20 11:57:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5732 | /** |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5733 | * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface |
Wey-Yi Guy | 0d8a0a1 | 2012-04-20 11:57:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5734 | * |
| 5735 | * @vif: the specified virtual interface |
| 5736 | * |
Yacine Belkadi | 0ae997d | 2013-01-12 13:54:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5737 | * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid. |
| 5738 | * |
| 5739 | * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not |
| 5740 | * applicable. |
Wey-Yi Guy | 0d8a0a1 | 2012-04-20 11:57:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5741 | */ |
Wey-Yi Guy | 1dae27f | 2012-04-13 12:02:57 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5742 | int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| 5743 | |
Johannes Berg | cd8f7cb | 2013-01-22 12:34:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5744 | /** |
| 5745 | * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup |
| 5746 | * @vif: virtual interface |
| 5747 | * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s) |
| 5748 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
| 5749 | * |
| 5750 | * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(). |
| 5751 | */ |
| 5752 | void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5753 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, |
| 5754 | gfp_t gfp); |
| 5755 | |
Felix Fietkau | 06be6b1 | 2013-10-14 18:01:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5756 | /** |
| 5757 | * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission |
| 5758 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5759 | * @vif: virtual interface |
| 5760 | * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver |
| 5761 | * @band: the band to transmit on |
| 5762 | * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to |
| 5763 | * |
| 5764 | * Note: must be called under RCU lock |
| 5765 | */ |
| 5766 | bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5767 | struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb, |
| 5768 | int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta); |
| 5769 | |
Felix Fietkau | a7022e6 | 2013-12-16 21:49:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5770 | /** |
| 5771 | * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state |
| 5772 | * |
| 5773 | * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change |
| 5774 | * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending |
| 5775 | * |
| 5776 | * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent |
| 5777 | * |
| 5778 | * private: |
| 5779 | * |
| 5780 | * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors |
| 5781 | * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA |
| 5782 | */ |
| 5783 | struct ieee80211_noa_data { |
| 5784 | u32 next_tsf; |
| 5785 | bool has_next_tsf; |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | u8 absent; |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; |
| 5790 | struct { |
| 5791 | u32 start; |
| 5792 | u32 duration; |
| 5793 | u32 interval; |
| 5794 | } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; |
| 5795 | }; |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | /** |
| 5798 | * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE |
| 5799 | * |
| 5800 | * @attr: P2P NoA IE |
| 5801 | * @data: NoA tracking data |
| 5802 | * @tsf: current TSF timestamp |
| 5803 | * |
| 5804 | * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors |
| 5805 | */ |
| 5806 | int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr, |
| 5807 | struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 | /** |
| 5810 | * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change |
| 5811 | * |
| 5812 | * @data: NoA tracking data |
| 5813 | * @tsf: current TSF timestamp |
| 5814 | */ |
| 5815 | void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); |
| 5816 | |
Arik Nemtsov | c887f0d3 | 2014-06-11 17:18:25 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 5817 | /** |
| 5818 | * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation |
| 5819 | * @vif: virtual interface |
| 5820 | * @peer: the peer's destination address |
| 5821 | * @oper: the requested TDLS operation |
| 5822 | * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown |
| 5823 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
| 5824 | * |
| 5825 | * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(). |
| 5826 | */ |
| 5827 | void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer, |
| 5828 | enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, |
| 5829 | u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); |
Andrei Otcheretianski | a7f3a76 | 2014-10-22 15:22:49 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 5830 | |
| 5831 | /** |
Liad Kaufman | b6da911 | 2014-11-19 13:47:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5832 | * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID |
| 5833 | * |
| 5834 | * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from |
| 5835 | * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such |
| 5836 | * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID, |
| 5837 | * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks |
| 5838 | * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be |
| 5839 | * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC. |
| 5840 | * |
| 5841 | * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it |
| 5842 | * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should |
| 5843 | * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback. |
| 5844 | * |
| 5845 | * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for |
| 5846 | * @tid: the TID to reserve |
| 5847 | * |
| 5848 | * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure |
| 5849 | */ |
| 5850 | int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | /** |
| 5853 | * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID |
| 5854 | * |
| 5855 | * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function |
| 5856 | * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for |
| 5857 | * preventing use of this TID in the driver. |
| 5858 | * |
| 5859 | * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called |
| 5860 | * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called |
| 5861 | * from the driver's @sta_state callback. |
| 5862 | * |
| 5863 | * @sta: the station |
| 5864 | * @tid: the TID to unreserve |
| 5865 | */ |
| 5866 | void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | /** |
Felix Fietkau | ba8c3d6 | 2015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5869 | * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue |
| 5870 | * |
| 5871 | * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| 5872 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
| 5873 | * |
| 5874 | * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available. |
| 5875 | */ |
| 5876 | struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| 5877 | struct ieee80211_txq *txq); |
Michal Kazior | f2ac7e3 | 2016-01-27 15:26:12 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5878 | |
| 5879 | /** |
| 5880 | * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq |
| 5881 | * |
| 5882 | * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e. |
| 5883 | * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up |
| 5884 | * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa. |
| 5885 | * |
| 5886 | * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
| 5887 | * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count |
| 5888 | * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count |
| 5889 | */ |
| 5890 | void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq, |
| 5891 | unsigned long *frame_cnt, |
| 5892 | unsigned long *byte_cnt); |
Ayala Beker | 167e33f | 2016-09-20 17:31:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 5893 | |
| 5894 | /** |
| 5895 | * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. |
| 5896 | * |
| 5897 | * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination. |
| 5898 | * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. |
| 5899 | * |
| 5900 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5901 | * @inst_id: the local instance id |
| 5902 | * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) |
| 5903 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
| 5904 | */ |
| 5905 | void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5906 | u8 inst_id, |
| 5907 | enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, |
| 5908 | gfp_t gfp); |
Ayala Beker | 92bc43b | 2016-09-20 17:31:21 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 5909 | |
| 5910 | /** |
| 5911 | * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event. |
| 5912 | * |
| 5913 | * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The |
| 5914 | * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211. |
| 5915 | * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. |
| 5916 | * |
| 5917 | * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| 5918 | * @match: match event information |
| 5919 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
| 5920 | */ |
| 5921 | void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| 5922 | struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, |
| 5923 | gfp_t gfp); |
| 5924 | |
Jiri Benc | f0706e8 | 2007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 5925 | #endif /* MAC80211_H */ |